Genesis Health Systems

Community Health Choice Knowledge Base

Would a community health degree be a good choice for Pre-Med track? If i covered all of the pre requisites? Or is it better to get a biology degree?
Which medicaid health plan is better for pregnancy? I just got a package of all the health plans Texas children health plan Molina health care Community health choice United health care Amerigroup and i don't know which plan is better for prenatal care! i am going by the hospitals they have but don't know which one has the best care as for primary care doctors for during and after pregnancy! any help thanks!
Which CHIP Health Plan is better? Texas Children's Health Plan, Amerigroup, Community Health Choice, UnitedHealthcare-Texas, Molina Healthcare, which one is better and why?
how to get screenings or vaccinations for a health fair? if you have experience with this please please help? so I am coordinating a Health and Safety Fair scheduled for October 24th (Saturday) in the Houston area zip code 77099. Despite working on the health fair for approximately three months and contacting multiple hospitals and clinics including Texas Children's Hospital and Community Health Choice, I have not been very successful in obtaining volunteers to administer much-needed screenings. The Houston Police Department and Fire Department will be attending this year's health and safety fair where they will be demonstrating safety tips. We are anticipating a very large number of people to attend this year's health fair, as we will be advertising in four different languages. I would be very grateful if you could provide any advice in securing any type of screenings and/or contacts in order for us to start coordinating for the upcoming event. As of today’s date we have only Eye and Autism screenings. The following are the screenings we are in desperate need of though any and all screenings would be greatly appreciated. 1. Prostate Cancer 2. Hypertension, Diabetes and Obesity 3. Diabetic Neuropathy & Carpal Tunnel Syndrome 4. Bone Density Scanning 5. Physical Rehabilitation 6. Free Flu Shots 7. Blood Pressure Screenings Thank you for your time!
what happens after i'm discharged from the [CMHT] community mental health team? i received a letter from my care co-ordinator saying they plan to discharge me from the care of the [CMHT] community mental health team this month. no one warned me of this and i'm very scared as to what will happen to me. i have chronic [aka long-term] severe depression [obviously i'm suicidal] + psychotic features [which means hallucination/delusions] + self-harm + bulimia + anxiety/panic attacks. i'm currently on 375mg Venlafaxine XL per day [for my depression/anxiety problems]. i have been seeing my psychiatrist every 2 months, my care co-ordinator every 2 weeks and my doctor [GP] every 4 weeks. if this means i wont see my psychiatrist or care co-ordinator anymore i will only be seeing my doctor [GP] every 4weeks and no one else! i'm seeing my doctor on tuesday [13th]. i was going to ask him about changing my care co-ordinator [and maybe my psychiatrist] because she doesn't listen to me or help me. she knows i'm not any better yet continues to pretend i'm recovering! but now i don't know what to do. if i don't see my care co-ordinator/psychiatrist i wont get to see a psychologist or an eating disorder specialist or any type of help apart from my doctor [GP] + i'm worried it might affect my disability benefits. i don't think it will, but the thought does scare me. but if i say i want to continue seeing them [if they let me] i might have to continue seeing the care co-ordinator and psychiatrist that i don't want to see, which makes me more upset with every appointment. what should i do? do i have a choice whether i see the CMHT or not? please help!
Could you answer this multiple-choice question about long-term health care ? When considering long-term care in the US, which one of the following statements is FALSE? A. Most long-term care is provided in the community, often by family members or friends B. Long-term care services can include health care, housing, transportation, and social services C. Most long-term care is provided in nursing homes and assisted living facilities D. Care of the ill elderly may be provided by hospitals, skilled nursing facilities or home health agencies
Which of the following statements in the Health Care Bill are unconstitutional? Subject: A few highlights from the first 500 pages of the Health Care bill in congress Page 22: Mandates audits of all employers that self-insure! • Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! • Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) • Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. • Page 50: All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with free healthcare services. • Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Health card. • Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. • Page 65: Taxpayers will subsidize all union retiree and community organizer health plans (read: SEIU, UAW and ACORN) • Page 72: All private healthcare plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Healthcare Exchange. • Page 84: All private healthcare plans must participate in the Healthcare Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) • Page 91: Government mandates linguistic infrastructure for services; translation: illegal aliens • Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and Americorps to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. • Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. • Page 124: No company can sue the government for price-fixing. No "judicial review" is permitted against the government monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. • Page 127: The AMA sold doctors out: the government will set wages. • Page 145: An employer MUST auto-enroll employees into the government-run public plan. No alternatives. • Page 126: Employers MUST pay healthcare bills for part-time employees AND their families. • Page 149: Any employer with a payroll of $400K or 20 or more, who does not offer the public option, pays an 8% tax on payroll • Page 150: Any employer with a payroll of $250K-400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays a 2 to 6% tax on payroll • Page 167: Any individual who doesn’t' have acceptable healthcare (according to the government) will be taxed 2.5% of income. • Page 170: Any NON-RESIDENT alien is exempt from individual taxes (Americans will pay for them). • Page 195: Officers and employees of Government Healthcare Bureaucracy will have access to ALL American financial and personal records. • Page 203: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax." Yes, it really says that. • Page 239: Bill will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors and the poor most affected." • Page 241: Doctors: no matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same (thanks, AMA!) • Page 253: Government sets value of doctors' time, their professional judgment, etc. • Page 265: Government mandates and controls productivity for private healthcare industries. • Page 268: Government regulates rental and purchase of power-driven wheelchairs. • Page 272: Cancer patients : welcome to the wonderful world of rationing! • Page 280: Hospitals will be penalized for what the government deems preventable re-admissions. • Page 298: Doctors: if you treat a patient during an initial admission that results in a readmission, you will be penalized by the government. • Page 317: Doctors: you are now prohibited for owning and investing in healthcare companies! • Page 318: Prohibition on hospital expansion. Hospitals cannot expand without government approval. • Page 321: Hospital expansion hinges on "community" input: in other words, yet another payoff for ACORN. • Page 335: Government mandates establishment of outcome-based measures: i.e., rationing. • Page 341: Government has authority to disqualify Medicare Advantage Plans, HMOs, etc. • Page 354: Government will restrict enrollment of SPECIAL NEEDS individuals. • Page 379: More bureaucracy: Telehealth Advisory Committee (healthcare by phone). • Page 425: More bureaucracy: Advance Care Planning Consult: Senior Citizens, assisted suicide, euthanasia? • Page 425: Government will instruct and consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney, etc. Mandatory. Appears to lock in estate taxes ahead of time. • Page 425: Government provides approved list of end-of-life resources, guiding you in death. • Page 427: Government mandates program that orders end-of-life treatment; government dictates how your life ends. • Page 429: Advance Care Planning Consult will be used to dictate treatment as patient's health deteriorates. This can include an ORDER for end-of-life plans. An ORDER from the GOVERNMENT. • Page 430: Government will decide what level of treatments you may have at end-of-life. • Page 469: Community-based Home Medical Services: more payoffs for ACORN. • Page 472: Payments to Community-based organizations: more payoffs for ACORN. • P
Have you read this excerpt from the health care bill? http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124882375969988353.html Little gems from the Health Care Bill • Page 16: States that if you have insurance at the time of the bill becoming law and change, you will be required to take a similar plan. If that is not available, you will be required to take the gov option! • Page 22: Mandates audits of all employers that self-insure! • Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! • Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) • Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. • Page 50: All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with free healthcare services. • Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Healthcard. • Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. • Page 65: Taxpayers will subsidize all union retiree and community organizer health plans (example: SEIU, UAW and ACORN) • Page 72: All private healthcare plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Healthcare Exchange. • Page 84: All private healthcare plans must participate in the Healthcare Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) • Page 91: Government mandates linguistic infrastructure for services; translation: illegal aliens • Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and Americorps to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. • Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. • Page 124: No company can sue the government for price-fixing. No "judicial review" is permitted against the government monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. • Page 127: The AMA sold doctors out: the government will set wages. • Page 145: An employer MUST auto-enroll employees into the government-run public plan. No alternatives. • Page 126: Employers MUST pay healthcare bills for part-time employees AND their families. • Page 149: Any employer with a payroll of $400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays an 8% tax on payroll • Page 150: Any employer with a payroll of $250K-400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays a 2 to 6% tax on payroll • Page 167: Any individual who doesnt' have acceptable healthcare (according to the government) will be taxed 2.5% of income. • Page 170: Any NON-RESIDENT alien is exempt from individual taxes (Americans will pay for them). • Page 195: Officers and employees of Government Healthcare Bureaucracy will have access to ALL American financial and personal records. • Page 203: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax." Yes, it really says that. • Page 239: Bill will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors and the poor most affected." • Page 241: Doctors: no matter what speciality you have, you'll all be paid the same (thanks, AMA!) • Page 253: Government sets value of doctors' time, their professional judgment, etc. • Page 265: Government mandates and controls productivity for private healthcare industries. • Page 268: Government regulates rental and purchase of power-driven wheelchairs. • Page 272: Cancer patients: welcome to the wonderful world of rationing! • Page 280: Hospitals will be penalized for what the government deems preventable re-admissions. • Page 298: Doctors: if you treat a patient during an initial admission that results in a readmission, you will be penalized by the government. • Page 317: Doctors: you are now prohibited for owning and investing in healthcare companies! • Page 318: Prohibition on hospital expansion. Hospitals cannot expand without government approval. • Page 321: Hospital expansion hinges on "community" input. • Page 335: Government mandates establishment of outcome-based measures: i.e., rationing. • Page 341: Government has authority to disqualify Medicare Advantage Plans, HMOs, etc. • Page 354: Government will restrict enrollment of SPECIAL NEEDS individuals. • Page 379: More bureaucracy: Telehealth Advisory Committee (healthcare by phone). • Page 425: More bureaucracy: Advance Care Planning Consult: Senior Citizens, assisted suicide, euthanasia • Page 425: Government will instruct and consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney, etc. Mandatory. Appears to lock in estate taxes ahead of time. • Page 425: Goverment provides approved list of end-of-life resources, guiding you in death. • Page 427: Government mandates program that orders end-of-life treatment; government dictates how your life ends. • Page 429: Advance Care Planning Consult will be used to dictate treatment as patient's health deteriorates. This can include an ORDER for end-of-life plans. • Page 430: Government will decide what level of treatments you may have at end-of-lif
Have you seen HR3200? You know the OBAMA Health Scare bill? Check it out? I hope you will write your elected officials and express your opinion about the government health care bill they are trying to ram down our throats. If you don't take time now, don't whine later when all this below, and more, is implemented. It will be too late to complain then. Dear Congressman Mack, I figure you will not vote for the health care behometh, but thought you might want to run this by your wife, since she had a mental lapse and voted for cap and trade. I also figure you have not read this health care bill, since it is over 1100 pages. I have actually read a lot of it, and it is laughable to think that all this bureaucracy could possibly improve efficiency or decrease cost of health care. I say if the government cannot run the country any better than you have done recently, stay the hell out of health care. This summary below you can check on the link at the bottom- This bill is unconstitutional on its face- and the page 59 summary statement alone is enough to let me know I want no part of this. I plan to remove my money from the bank. I continue to be disgusted with this administration and the blatant efforts to destroy the country. Page 22: Mandates audits of all employers that self-insure! Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. Page 50: All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with free healthcare services. Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Health card. Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. Page 65: Taxpayers will subsidize all union retiree and community organizer health plans (read: SEIU, UAW and ACORN) Page 72: All private healthcare plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Healthcare Exchange. Page 84: All private healthcare plans must participate in the Healthcare Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) Page 91: Government mandates linguistic infrastructure for services; translation: illegal aliens Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and Americorps to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. Page 124: No company can sue the government for price-fixing. No "judicial review" is permitted against the government monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. Page 127: The AMA sold doctors out: the government will set wages. Page 145: An employer MUST auto-enroll employees into the government-run public plan. No alternatives. Page 126: Employers MUST pay healthcare bills for part-time employees AND their families. Page 149: Any employer with a payroll of $400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays an 8% tax on payroll Page 150: Any employer with a payroll of $250K-400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays a 2 to 6% tax on payroll Page 167: Any individual who doesn't have acceptable healthcare (according to the government) will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170: Any NON-RESIDENT alien is exempt from individual taxes (Americans will pay for them). Page 195: Officers and employees of Government Healthcare Bureaucracy will have access to ALL American financial and personal records. Page 203: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax." Yes, it really says that. Page 239: Bill will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors and the poor most affected." Page 241: Doctors: no matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same (thanks, AMA!) Page 253: Government sets value of doctors' time, their professional judgment, etc. Page 265: Government mandates and controls productivity for private healthcare industries. Page 268: Government regulates rental and purchase of power-driven wheelchairs. Page 272: Cancer patients: welcome to the wonderful world of rationing! Page 280: Hospitals will be penalized for what the government deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298: Doctors: if you treat a patient during an initial admission that results in a readmission, you will be penalized by the government. Page 317: Doctors: you are now prohibited for owning and investing in healthcare companies! Page 318: Prohibition on hospital expansion. Hospitals cannot expand without government approval. Page 321: Hospital expansion hinges on "community" input: in other words, yet another payoff for ACORN. Page 335: Government mandates esta
Is anyone concerned enough to 'check out' this new health care bill? Your wonderful representatives in Washington are about to pass a bill that is so draconian it is beyond belief. There is only one word for this if it passes as presented, Here is long list of what is actually inside this bill. Every American ought to be quaking in their shoes. Yet nary a whisper of protest. Do you really care enough to contact your local and state representatives? Here are just a few very good reasons to hate Obamacare: • Page 22: Mandates audits (can you say I.R.S ?) of all employers that self-insure! • Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! • Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) • Page 42: The “Health Choices Commissioner” will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. • Page 50: All non-US citizens, ILLEGAL or not, will be provided with FREE health care services. ( Free as in NOBODY will pay the bill? Or FREE as in FEDERAL AID, using U.S Taxpayers money? • Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Health card. Every detail of your life will be contained in this chip. • Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. • Page 65:TAXPAYERS WILL SUBSIDIZE ALL RETIRE and community organizer health plans (read: SEIU, UAW and ACORN) • Page 72: All private health care plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Health care Exchange. • Page 84: All plans must participate in the Health care Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) • Page 91: Government mandates LINGUISTIC INFRASTRUCTURE for services; translation: illegal aliens • Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and AMERICORP to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. • Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. • Page 124: No company can sue for price-fixing. No “judicial review” is permitted against monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. • Page 127: THE COST OF SERVICES WILL BE REGULATED The FEDERAL GOVERNMENT will be setting the WAGE SCALE ! The AMA, feeling heat from the FED, sold doctors out !!! • Page 145: An employer MUST auto-enroll employees into the government-run public plan. NO ALTERNATIVES ! • Page 126: Employers MUST PAY health care bills for PART TIME EMPLOYEES AND their FAMILIES !!! • Page 149: Any employer with a payroll of $400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays an 8% tax on payroll • Page 150: Any employer with a payroll of $250K-400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays a 2 to 6% tax on payroll • Page 167: Any individual who doesnt’ have acceptable health care (according to GOVERNMENT STANDARDS) will be taxed 2.5% of income. • Page 170: Any NON-RESIDENT ALIEN IS EXEMPT from individual taxes (Americans will pay for them). • Page 195: Officers and employees of Government Health care Bureaucracy will have access to ALL American financial and personal records. • Page 203: “The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax.” YES, IT REALLY SAYS THAT !!!. Page 239: Bill will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors and the poor will be most affected.” • Page 241: Doctors: no matter what speciality you have, YOU'LL ALL BE PAID THE SAME DOLLAR AMOUNT, thanks tyo the aforementioned A.M.A.. !!! • Page 253: Government sets value of doctors’ time, their professional judgment, etc. • Page 265: Government mandates and controls productivity for industries. • Page 268: Government regulates rental and purchase of power-driven wheelchairs. • Page 272: Cancer patient services will be DETERMINED by a PROBABILITY NEED basis: ( ??? Hmmm, Those Gov. officials that sit on the panel will determine the extent of the treatment... welcome to the wonderful world of rationing! • Page 280: Hospitals will be penalized for what deems preventable re-admissions. • Page 298: Doctors: if you treat a patient during an initial admission that results in a readmission, you will be penalized by . • Page 317: Doctors: you are now prohibited from owning and investing in health care companies! • Page 318: Prohibition on hospital expansion. Hospitals cannot expand without government approval. • Page 321: Hospital expansion hinges on “community” input: in other words, yet another payoff for ACORN. • Page 335: Government mandates establishment of outcome-based measures: i.e., rationing. • Page 341: Government has authority to disqualify Medicare Advantage Plans, HMOs, etc. • Page 354: Government will restrict enrollment of SPECIAL NEEDS individuals. • Page 379: More bureaucracy: Telehealth Advisory Committee (healthcare by phone). • Page 425: More bureaucracy: A
This is 500pgs of health care bill dissected for your interest.? this is only the first 500 pgs but i think you will all find this very interesting. Leave your comments telling me which part you find most ridicules if not the entire dam.n thing please and thank you:) At least somebody has read part of it even if congress hasn't. This is 500 of the 1000 pgs.... so far > *Subject:* A few highlights from the first 500 pages of the Healthcare bill in congress...> > Contact your Representatives and let them know how you feel about this. We, as a country, cannot afford another 1000 page bill to go through congress without being read. Another 500 pages to go. I have highlighted a few of the items .... > > • Page 22: Mandates audits of all employers that self-insure! > • Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! > • Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) > 8 0 Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. > • Page 50: *All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with free healthcare services*. > • Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Healthcard. > *_• Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. > _*• Page 65: *Taxpayers will subsidize all union retiree and community organizer health plans20(read: SEIU, UAW and ACORN)* > • Page 72: All private healthcare plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Healthcare Exchange. > • Page 84: All private healthcare plans must participate in the Healthcare Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) > • Page 91: *Government mandates linguistic infrastructure for services; translation: illegal aliens* > *_• Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and Americorps to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. > _*• Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. > • Page 124: No company can sue the government for pr ice-fixing. No "judicial review" is permitted against the government monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. > • Page 127: *The AMA sold doctors out: the government will set wages*. > *• Page 145: An employer MUST auto-enroll employees into the government-run public plan. No alternatives. > *• Page 126: Employers MUST pay healthcare bills for part-time employees AND their families. > *• Page 149: Any employer with a payroll of $400K or more, who does not offer the _public option_, pays an 8% tax on payroll > • Page 150: Any employer with a payroll of $250K-400K or more, who does not offer the _public option_, pays a 2 to 6% tax on payroll > • Page 167: Any individual who doesn’t' have acceptable healthcare (according to the government) will be taxed 2.5% of income. > • Page 170: Any NON-RESIDENT alien is exempt from individual taxes (Americans will pay for them). > *• *_Page 195: Officers and employees of Government Healthcare Bureaucracy will have access to ALL American financial and personal records._* > • Page 203: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax." Yes, it really says that. > • Page 239: *Bill will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors and the poor most affected*." > • Page 241: Doctors: no matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same (thanks, AMA!) > • Page 253: Government sets value of doctors' time, their professional judgment, etc. > • Page 265: Government mandates and controls productivity for private healthcare industries. > • Page 268: Government regulates rental and purchase of power-driven wheelchairs. > • Page 272: Cancer patients: welcome to the wonderful world of rationing! > • Page 280: Hospitals will be penalized for what the government deems preventable re-admissions. > • Page 298: Doctors: if you treat a patient during an initial admission that results in a readmission, you will be penalized by the government. > • Page 317: *Doctors: you are now prohibited for owning and investing in healthcare companies*! > • Page 318: Prohibition on hospital expansion. Hospitals cannot expand without gov ernment approval. > • Page 321: Hospital expansion hinges on "community" input: in other words, yet another payoff for ACORN. > • Page 335: Government mandates establishment of outcome-based measures: i.e., rationing. > • Page 341: Government has authority to disqualify Medicare Advantage Plans, HMOs, etc. > • Page 354: *Government will restrict enrollment of SPECIAL NEEDS individuals*. > • Page 379: More bureaucracy: Telehealth Advisory Committee (healthcare by phone). > • Page 425: More bureaucracy: Advance Care Planning Consult: Senior Citizens, assisted suicide, euthanasia? > • Page 425: Government will instruct and consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney, etc. Mandatory. Appears to lock in estate taxes ahead www.allstocks.com
Has anyone actually researched the list itemizing the things allegedly wrong with the health care bill? if so, what did you think? many conservatives seem to like this list but when I compared the claims to the actual bill, I found them to be completely wrong. Anway, here is the list, in part: Page 22: Mandates audits of all employers that self-insure! · Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! · Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) · Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. · Page 50: All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with free healthcare services. · Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Healthcard. · Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. · Page 65: Taxpayers will subsidize all union retiree and community organizer health plans (read: SEIU, UAW and ACORN) · Page 72: All private healthcare plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Healthcare Exchange. · Page 84: All private healthcare plans must participate in the Healthcare Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) · Page 91: Government mandates linguistic infrastructure for services; translation: illegal aliens · Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and Americorps to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. · Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. · Page 124: No company can sue the government for price-fixing. No "judicial review" is permitted against the government monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. · Page 127: The AMA sold doctors out: the government will set wages. p.30? "There is established a private-public advisory committee which shall be a panel of medical and other experts to be known as the Health Benefits Advisory Committee to recommend covered benefits and essential, enhanced, and premium plans." That just deals with which treatments will be covered, much like any existing insurance plan already does, and it does not, in any way, address individual coverage. this isn't my list or my bullet points. These are but and pasted from an e-mail that has been going arond republican circles in one form or another. I've also seen it cut and pasted into some answers. After comparing the list to the bill, I found the list to be a lie
Are these some of the reasons the majority of Americans are scared sh**tless for Gov't health care? This is a brief look at some of the provisions, my favorite pg 59 no way in hell the government is having access to my bank acount....I will close them first. Hey libs what's your favorite? • Page 16: States that if you have insurance at the time of the bill becoming law and change, you will be required to take a similar plan. If that is not available, you will be required to take the government option! • Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! • Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) • Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. • Page 50: All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with free healthcare services. • Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Healthcard. • Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. • Page 65: Taxpayers will subsidize all union retiree and community organizer health plans (example: SEIU, UAW and ACORN) • Page 72: All private healthcare plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Healthcare Exchange. • Page 84: All private healthcare plans must participate in the Healthcare Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) • Page 91: Government mandates linguistic infrastructure for services; translation: illegal aliens • Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and Americorps to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. • Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. • Page 124: No company can sue the government for price-fixing. No "judicial review" is permitted against the government monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. • Page 127: The AMA sold doctors out: the government will set wages. • Page 145: An employer MUST auto-enroll employees into the government-run public plan. No alternatives. • Page 126: Employers MUST pay healthcare bills for part-time employees AND their families. • Page 149: Any employer with a payroll of $400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays an 8% tax on payroll • Page 150: Any employer with a payroll of $250K-400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays a 2 to 6% tax on payroll As usual the same liberal crap taken out of context ( would be nice if you said they were untrue) but the best you got is taken out of context huh? JMI the bill is over 1017 pages you read all of it. I don't have to apologize to anyone especially children that have no life experience I have lived in both England and Canada so my opinion is not based on pie in the sky theory.
Phoenix Arizona Kids Care Health Insurance? I am in the process of getting my children set up with health insurance. I have already went through the big run around of signing them up for AHCCS just in order to be denied. We all knew they would be denied because of their income from SSI, but I was told that to get an application for Kids Care I had to be denied through the AHCCS first. Finally a month later I have the application for Kids Care, which is the health insurance where you pay a monthly premium for your children who don’t currently have health insurance, an their parents or in my case the children make to much money in order to get full state aid health insurance. I have the Kids Care form all filled out and ready to go except for one major detail. Which plan should I choose? My choices for Maricopa County are: Care 1st Health Choice Arizona Maricopa Health Plan Mercy Care Plan PHP/Community Connection Arizona Physicians, IPA Does anyone have any input on which way to go when choosing one of these health plans? I can not see anywhere on the site where it lists what these separate plans cover, as in co-pays, hospital stays, dental and vision. The oldest of my two children really needs something that allows him the best treatment when it comes to vision, dental an hospital stays. We just moved to the east side of the valley an with this move we also need to find new doctors. First off a pediatrician, an then a new dentist, oral surgeon & orthopedic surgeon. Does anyone have one they have found helpful an caring, that tends to listen instead of walking out of the room leaving you rambling your concerns about your children’s health to yourself? Preferable in the Mesa or Apache Junction area. After this many years with my children I have sort of grown fond of them an well I’d like to make sure I am choosing what is best for them. Also if you know of any physicians for adults that except PHP/Community Connection in the same area that would be greatly appreciated.
This one is for the Pro-Choice community:? So we know that you object to the loss of the right to procure an abortion, even if you have no intent of ever doing so. It's a rights issue. Would you welcome efforts by the Pro-Life movement to eliminate the NEED for abortion while allowing the legality of abortion to remain unchanged? What this means is, efforts to ameliorate poverty, undereducation, underage sexual activity, and pull women out of situations of abuse, financial dire straits, homelessness and perpetual poor health. If this sounds too abstract, one example of such a movement is a group in St. Charles County (which is being flooded right now) called "Our Lady's Inn". What are your thoughts?
I cant decide which degree would be best, Health Information or Medical Coding? My area community college offers two choices that are to my liking but not sure which is best. They have an associates degree in Health Information Technology or a shorter option, Comprehensive Coding Diploma. Can I still get a good job with the diploma option or should I go for the associate's degree?
Why hasn't the Gov't given mentally ill people the community services promised 40 years ago? Deinstitutionalization promised support in the community. It's not there. How do we convince the gov't to do this? My son is severely mentally ill and needs community support. Write to your political reps and dept. of Health services and help us. This is a neuro-biological disease not a life choice!
Are there any liberals who feel Hillary may have been a better choice for the black community and in general? Ok I have stuck by Obama for a while now. Gave him some adequate time to make just a few "changes" but I am thinking now that he is a waist. I believe maybe that Hillary Clinton would have been more of a better choice then him. I can tell you one thing, she sure would have been better for African Americans. To this day I can't understand why any conservative or tea bagger would imply that Obama cares more about African Americans. That is a lie. He is to busy trying to be "POLITICALLY CORRECT" to make a long story short. I know he came into a big mess but many Americans do not have the patience to wait until the end of his term to see results. Job growth is still slacking and I am not buying into the false rhetoric of statistic reports. I been on many interviews and manufacturing plant tours and most of the people working our Illegal or Qustionable illegal Mexicans(Here in Texas for sure). Then I just saw an article on Yahoo headlines about health care cost on the rise. I can go on all day but as a minority,liberal, and veteran, he is a failure of producing change and changing the "status quo". He don't have the balls to stand up to the Republicans that are blocking anything positive from happening so as a progressive(not a Democrat, but independent progressive) I think he serves no more of a purpose than a GOP president being in office. Anyone else agree besides Republicans who would love to entertain this?
Explain how the citizen may physically, mentaly, socially contribute to a healthy community.? I have this health project, and we just learned the benfits of being healthy. there are 3 parts of health. Physically, mentaly and socially. The assignment ask me to write a paragraph on how the choices made by a health conscious citizen may physcally, mentally and socialy contribute to a healthy community. please help. I don't understand the question.
You think the Health care plan is good? This a few of the pages I have been reading doesn't take a lawyer to understand this does it? More on the health plan... from a quick inventory by familysecuritymatters.org Pg 22 of the HC Bill mandates the Government will audit books of all employers that self insure. Pg 30 Sec 123 of HC bill — a Government committee will decide what treatments/benefits a person may receive. Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill — YOUR HEALTHCARE WILL BE RATIONED! Pg 42 of HC Bill — The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill — HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Pg 58 HC Bill — Government will have real-time access to individual's finances and a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Government will have direct access to your bank accts for election funds transfer. PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations (read: ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Government will create an HC Exchange to bring private HC plans under Government control. PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill — Government mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example — Translation for illegal aliens. Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Government will use groups, i.e. ACORN & Americorps, to sign up individuals for Government HC plan. PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill — Specifics of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members — your Health care WILL be rationed. PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill — Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. pg 124 lines 24-25 HC No company can sue Government on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Government Monopoly. pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill — Doctors/ AMA — The Government will tell YOU what you can earn. Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE. Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay.) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (the GOVERNMENT) will have access to ALL Americans' finances and personal records. PG 203 Line 14-15 HC — "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that. Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Government will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors, low income, poor affected. Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill — Doctors — doesn't matter what specialty — will all be paid the same. PG 253 Line 10-18 Government sets value of Doctor's time, professional judgment, etc. Literally, value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131 Government mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Pg 317 L 13-20 PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Government tells Doctors what/how much they can own. Pg 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion — Government will mandate hospitals cannot expand. Pg 354 Sec 1177 — Government will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! PG 425 Lines 4-12 Government mandates Advance Care Planning Consultations. Think Senior Citizens end of life prodding. PG 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3 Government provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in how to die. PG 427 Lines 15-24 Government mandates program for orders for end of life. The Government has a say in how your life ends. PG 429 Lines 10-12 "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from the Government to end a life! Page 472 Lines 14-17 PAYMENT TO COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATION. 1 monthly payment to a community-based organization. (Like ACORN?)
Health Care Bill Summary; would you pass any of these if you were in CONgress? Please check this information out and ask yourself if this is the health care reforme YOU want! Please read this summary. Then you will need to=2 0contact your elected representatives by phone and email. I HAVE! Attached is the health care plan pfd file. Here is what the pres is pushing for: A question from the state media, “How can Congress pass a bill without even reading it?” How can Obama push a bill and tell us how great things will be, when he himself says he does not know what specifics are in the bill? Thank God for the alternative media and the Internet, so that we can read this abomination of a bill for ourselves and see the overall intentions of Dear Leader and his Politburo with this tool to enslave us all. The bill as written, is no different than an enemy flying planes of civilians into skyscrapers, or setting off a bomb in a crowded city, and needs to be seen as such. No true American would write such a bill whose purpose is to enslave the population, control them completely and kill off “undesirables”. Those who wrote this abomination of a bill, need to be seen as an enemy more dangerous than Bin Laden and the whole of Jihadist Islam . Shock: Inside the Healthcare Bill Following the mad recommendations of Peter Singer made in NYT’s Sunday magazine, it pays to take a look at what is actually in the healthcare bill. It’s worse than you can possibly imagine. Somehow, it manages to be Singer on steroids. Who wrote this bill? It has Singer’s footprints all over it. Peter Fleckstein (aka Fleckman) is reading it and has been posting on Twitter his findings. This is from his postings (Note: All comments are Fleckman’s) Pg 22 of the Bill MANDATES the Govt will audit books of ALL EMPLOYERS that self insure!! Pg 30 Sec 123 of bill – THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you receive. Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill – YOUR HEALTHCARE IS RATIONED. Pg 42 of HC Bill – The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your Health care Benefits for you. You have no choice in the decision. PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill – Healthcare will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Pg 58 – Govt will have real-time access to individual finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued. Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Govt will have direct access to your bank accounts for direct funds transfers. PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community orgs (ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Govt is creating a Healthcare Exchange to bring private healthc are plans under Govt control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill – Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private Healthcare plans in the Exchange PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill – Specifics for Benefit Levels of Plans = The Government rations Healthcare based on cost benefits to government. PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill – Govt mandates linguistic appropriation services or translation services for illegal aliens. Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Govt will use groups like ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt Healthcare plan PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill – Specifics of Benefit Levels for Plans. #AARP members – your Health care WILL be rationed. -PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill – Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. pg 124 lines 24-25 No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No “judicial review” allowed against Govt monopoly pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill – Doctors/ AMA – The Govt will dictate what wage you are allowed to make. (Wage limits). Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employers MUST enroll their employees into the public option plan. THEY HAVE NO CHOICE, and neither do the employees. Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay premiums for every employee, part time employees AND their families as well. Pg 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Employer with a payroll of $400,000 will have an 8% tax levied on all payroll. pg 150 Lines 9-13 Employers with payroll between $251,000 & 400,000 who does not provide in full, the public option, will have a 6% tax on all payroll levied. Pg 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC coverage according to Govt mandate, will be taxed at 2.5% of their income for healthcare. So, you will have government healthcare coverage, or you will be punished. Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Administration (GOVT) will have total and complete access to ALL your personal financial, bank and investment information. PG 203 Line 14-15 HC – “The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax” Yes, it says that. Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid, Seniors, low income, and poor. Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill – Wages for all doctors will be made the same. Specialists like Brain Surgeons will make the same money a General Practitioner makes. PG 253 Line 10-18 Govt sets value o elwood: you are just like congress. if you would pass this, you could not have read it. http://help.senate.gov/BAI09A84_xml.pdf one of six pdfs, have fun!! tonalc: it is not hard to see that after 100 pages the embelishments are minor. after investigating it myself (before posting it) I see that it is not a true stretch to say that Fleckman might be thinking a year or two down the line, but you are not thinking at all....line by line, where have I heard that before?? right, same place I heard that all bills would be available for view by the public for at least 5 days....how'd that go again on stimulus?
What is in Obama's health care bill H.R. 3200? Can Obamabots read? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your banks accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example - Translation: illegal aliens. Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (salary) age 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payroll. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business's with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn't provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that! Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors, low income and poor are affected. Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor's time, proffession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: Federal Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy - Tele-health Advisory Comittee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 427 Lines 15-24: Govt mandates program for orders for end of life. The Govt has a say in how your life ends. Page 429 Lines 1-9: An "advanced care planning consultant" will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from GOVT! Page 429 Lines 13-25: The govt will s
Why did Obama have Pelosi write his health care bill? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your banks accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example - Translation: illegal aliens. Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (salary) age 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payroll. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business's with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn't provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that! Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors, low income and poor are affected. Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor's time, proffession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: Federal Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy - Tele-health Advisory Comittee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 427 Lines 15-24: Govt mandates program for orders for end of life. The Govt has a say in how your life ends. Page 429 Lines 1-9: An "advanced care planning consultant" will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from GOVT! Page 429 Lines 13-25: The govt will s
Have you actually read Obama's health care bill H.R. 3200? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your banks accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example - Translation: illegal aliens. Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (salary) age 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payroll. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business's with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn't provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that! Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors, low income and poor are affected. Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor's time, proffession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: Federal Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy - Tele-health Advisory Comittee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 427 Lines 15-24: Govt mandates program for orders for end of life. The Govt has a say in how your life ends. Page 429 Lines 1-9: An "advanced care planning consultant" will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from GOVT! Page 429 Lines 13-25: The govt will s
Which degree is best, Health Information or Medical Coding? My area community college offers two choices that are to my liking but not sure which is best. They have an associates degree in Health Information Technology or a shorter option, Comprehensive Coding Diploma. Can I still get a good job with the diploma option or should I go for the associate's degree?
What Are Your Issues With Obama's Health Plan? Here are my problems with the health bill as it is currently worded: Pg 22 of the HC Bill MANDATES the Govt will audit books of ALL EMPLOYERS that self insure. Pg 30 Sec 123 of HC bill - THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill - YOUR HEALTHCARE IS RATIONED!!! You can only get so much "care" per year. Pg 4220of HC Bill - The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits 4 you. You have no choice. PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill - HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Pg 58HC Bill - Govt will have real-time access to individs finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Govt will have direct access 2 your banks accts for elective funds transfer PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community orgs (ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Govt is creating an HC Exchange to bring private HC plans under Govt control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill - Govt mandates ALL benefit pkgs for private HC plans in the Exchange PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specs for Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill - Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services..... Example - Translation for illegal aliens Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individually for Govt HC plan PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specs of Benefit Levels for Plans.#AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed -PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill - Medicaid Eligible Indiv. will be automat.enrolled in Medicaid. No choice pg 124 lines 24-25 HC No co mpany can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monopoly pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill - Doctors/#AMA - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make. Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public opt plan. NO CHOICE Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Pg 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Emplyr w payroll 400k & above who does not prov. pub opt. pays 8% tax on all payroll pg 150 Lines 9-13 Biz w payroll between 251k & 400k who doesnt prov. pub. opt pays 2-6% tax on all payroll Pg 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesnt have acceptable HC accrdng to Govt will be taxed 2.5% Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes.(You and I will pay for them) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans financial/personal recds PG 203 Line 14-15 HC - "The tax imposed20under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid.. Seniors, low income, poor will be very affected Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill - Doctors, doesnt matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same PG 253 Line 10-18 Govt sets value of Dr's time, professional judgments, etc. Literally value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries PG 268 Sec 1141 Fed Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs PG 272 SEC. 1145. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151 The Govt will penalize hospitals for what Govt deems preventable readmissions. Pg 317 L 13-20 OMG!! PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Drs. what/how much they can own. Pg 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand pg 321 2-13 Hospitals have oppt to apply for exception BUT community input required. Can you say ACORN?!! Pg335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339 - Govt mandates estab. of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing Pg 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Emplyr w payroll 400k & above who does not prov. pub opt. pays 8% tax on all payroll pg 150 Lines 9-13 Biz w payroll between 251k & 400k who doesnt prov. pub. opt pays 2-6% tax on all payroll Pg 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesnt have acceptable HC accrdng to Govt will be taxed 2.5% Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes.(You and I will pay for them) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans financial/personal recds PG 203 Line 14-15 HC - "The tax imposed20under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid.. Seniors, low income, poor will be very affected Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill - Doctors, doesnt matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same PG 253 Line 10-18 Govt sets value of Dr's time, professional judgments, etc. Literally value of humans. P
For all those who support Obama's health care bill what do you think about these exerts from the bill? These are just some of the lines in the Health Bill. Pg 22 of the HC Bill mandates the Government will audit books of all employers that self insure. Pg 30 Sec 123 of HC bill — a Government committee will decide what treatments/benefits a person may receive. Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill — YOUR HEALTHCARE WILL BE RATIONED! Pg 42 of HC Bill — The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill — HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Pg 58 HC Bill — Government will have real-time access to individual's finances and a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Government will have direct access to your bank accts for election funds transfer. PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations (read: ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Government will create an HC Exchange to bring private HC plans under Government control. PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill — Government mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example — Translation for illegal aliens. Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Government will use groups, i.e. ACORN & Americorps, to sign up individuals for Government HC plan. PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill — Specifics of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members — your Health care WILL be rationed. PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill — Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. pg 124 lines 24-25 HC No company can sue Government on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Government Monopoly. pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill — Doctors/ AMA — The Government will tell YOU what you can earn. Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE. Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay.) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (the GOVERNMENT) will have access to ALL Americans' finances and personal records. PG 203 Line 14-15 HC — "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that. Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Government will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors, low income, poor affected. Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill — Doctors — doesn't matter what specialty — will all be paid the same. PG 253 Line 10-18 Government sets value of Doctor's time, professional judgment, etc. Literally, value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131 Government mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Pg 317 L 13-20 OMG!! PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Government tells Doctors what/how much they can own. Pg 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion — Government will mandate hospitals cannot expand. Pg 354 Sec 1177 — Government will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! PG 425 Lines 4-12 Government mandates Advance Care Planning Consultations. Think Senior Citizens end of life prodding. PG 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3 Government provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in how to die. PG 427 Lines 15-24 Government mandates program for orders for end of life. The Government has a say in how your life ends. PG 429 Lines 10-12 "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from the Government to end a life! Page 472 Lines 14-17 PAYMENT TO COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATION. 1 monthly payment to a community-based organization. (Like ACORN?) Page 886 Teaching Hospitals will "PREFERENCE MINORITY STUDENTS AHEAD OF ALL OTHERS
Did you know this was in the health care reform? I ask you respectfully and as a patriotic American to look at the following troubling lines that I have read in the bill. You cannot possibly believe that these proposals are in the best interests of the country and our fellow citizens. Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self-insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non-US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals' finances & a 'National ID Health card' will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your bank accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: Is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the 'Exchange.' Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans -- The Govt will ration your health care! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. (Translation: illegal aliens.) Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups (i.e. ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. (AARP members - your health care WILL be rationed!) Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid eligible individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. (No choice.) Page 12 4 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what salary you can make. Page 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto-enroll employees into public option plan. (NO choice!) Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part-time employees AND their families. (Employees shouldn't get excited about this as employers will be forced to reduce its work force, benefits, and wages/salaries to cover such a huge expense.) Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option will pay 8% tax on all payroll! (See the last comment in parenthesis.) Page 150 Lines 9-13: A business with payroll between $251K & $401K who doesn't provide public option will pay 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income.. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay.) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of the GOVT HC Admin.. will have access to ALL Americans' finances and personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax." (Yes, it really says that!) Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors. (Low-income and the poor are affected.) Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors: It doesn't matter what specialty you have trained yourself in -- you will all be paid the same! (Just TRY to tell me that's not Socialism!) Page 253 Line 10-18: The Govt sets the value of a doctor's time, profession, judgment, etc. (Literally-- the value of humans.) Page 265 Sec 1131: The Govt mandates and controls productivity for "private" HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: The federal Govt regulates the rental and purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever the Govt deems preventable (i.e...re-admissions). Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors: If you treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -- the Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. (The Govt tells doctors what and how much they can own!) Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion. (The Govt is mandating that hospitals cannot expand.) Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have the opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. (Can you say ACORN?) Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: The Govt mandates establishment of=2 outcome-based measures. (HC the way they want -- rationing.) Page 341 Lines 3-9: The Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. (Forcing people into the Govt plan) Page 354 Sec 1177: The Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of 'special needs people!' Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: The Govt creates more bureaucracy via a "Tele-He
Do liberals read what is in the Health Care Bill in its entire form, or do they just want it at all costs? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self-insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non-US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals' finances & a 'National ID Health card' will be issued! (Papers please!) Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your bank accounts for elective funds transfer. (Time for more cash and carry) Page 65 Sec 164: Is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the 'Exchange.' Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans -- The Govt will ration your health care! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. (Translation: illegal aliens.) Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups (i.e. ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. (AARP members - your health care WILL be rationed!) Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid eligible individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. (No choice.) Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what salary you can make. Page 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto-enroll employees into public option plan. (NO choice!) Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part-time employees ANDtheir families. (Employees shouldn't get excited about this as employers will be forced to reduce its work force, benefits, and wages/salaries to cover such a huge expense.) Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option will pay 8% tax on all payroll! Just a few to name many that the MAJORITY does NOT want it pass
Why would Obama put all this crap in his health care bill H.R. 3200? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your banks accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example - Translation: illegal aliens. Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (salary) age 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payroll. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business's with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn't provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that! Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors, low income and poor are affected. Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor's time, proffession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: Federal Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy - Tele-health Advisory Comittee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 427 Lines 15-24: Govt mandates program for orders for end of life. The Govt has a say in how your life ends. Page 429 Lines 1-9: An "advanced care planning consultant" will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from GOVT! Page 429 Lines 13-25: The govt will s
Do you know what's in the Senate health care bill? All this stuff is in there. Are you sure you're still in favor of government sponsored health care? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self-insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non-US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals' finances & a 'National ID Health card' will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your bank accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: Is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the 'Exchange.' Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans -- The Govt will ration your health care! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. (Translation: illegal aliens.) Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups (i.e. ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. (AARP members - your health care WILL be rationed!) Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid eligible individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. (No choice.) Page 12 4 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what salary you can make. Page 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto-enroll employees into public option plan. (NO choice!) Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part-time employees AND their families. (Employees shouldn't get excited about this as employers will be forced to reduce its work force, benefits, and wages/salaries to cover such a huge expense.) Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option will pay 8% tax on all payroll! (See the last comment in parenthesis.) Page 150 Lines 9-13: A business with payroll between $251K & $401K who doesn't provide public option will pay 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay.) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of the GOVT HC Admin.. will have access to ALL Americans' finances and personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax." (Yes, it really says that!) Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors. (Low-income and the poor are affected.) Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors: It doesn't matter what specialty you have trained yourself in -- you will all be paid the same! (Just TRY to tell me that's not Socialism!) Page 253 Line 10-18: The Govt sets the value of a doctor's time, profession, judgment, etc. (Literally-- the value of humans.) Page 265 Sec 1131: The Govt mandates and controls productivity for "private" HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: The federal Govt regulates the rental and purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever the Govt deems preventable (i.e...re-admissions). Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors: If you treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -- the Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. (The Govt tells doctors what and how much they can own!) Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion. (The Govt is mandating that hospitals cannot expand.) Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have the opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. (Can you say ACORN?) Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: The Govt mandates establishment of=2 outcome-based measures. (HC the way they want -- rationing.) Page 341 Lines 3-9: The Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. (Forcing people into the Govt plan) Page 354 Sec 1177: The Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of 'special needs people!' Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: The Govt creates more bureaucracy via a "Tele-Health Advisory Committee." (Can you say HC by phone?) Page 425 Lines 4-12: The Govt mandates "Advance-Care Planning Consult." (
So, You want Govt. Communism to deal with yourl Health? Following is three pages of highlights of HR 3200, the Democrats' Health Plan. And yes, I read it. If you would like to verify these highlights, go to www.opencongress.org/bill/111-h3200/text It's over 1000 pages in length, so it takes a while to upload. I don't know about you, but the idea of some non-medical bureaucrat telling me what I can and can't have in the way of medical care is downright frightening. Especially the part about euthanasia for us Senior Citizens. PG 22 of the HC Bill MANDATES the Government will audit books of ALL EMPLOYERS that self insure!! PG 30 Sec 123 of HC bill - THERE WILL BE A GOVERNMENT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments / benefits you get PG 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill - YOUR HEALTHCARE IS RATIONED!!! PG 42 of HC Bill - The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill - HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise PG 58 HC Bill - Government will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! PG 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Government will have direct access to your bank accounts for electronic funds transfer PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations (ACORN). PG 72 Lines 8-14 Government is creating an HC Exchange to bring private HC plans under Government control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill - Government mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specifications for Benefit Levels for Plans = The Government will ration your Healthcare! PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill - Government mandates linguistic appropriate services Example - Translation for illegal aliens PG 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Government will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Government HC plan PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specifications of Benefit Levels 4 Plans AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill - Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice PG 124 lines 24-25 HC Bill - No company can sue the Government on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Government Monopoly PG 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill – Doctors / AMA - The Government will tell YOU what you can make. PG 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE PG 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. PG 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Employer with payroll $400,000 & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax (Fine) on all payroll PG 150 Lines 9-13 Business with payroll between $251,000 & $400,000 who doesn’t provide public option pays 2 - 6% tax (Fine) on all payroll PG 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Government will be taxed (Fined) 2.5% of income PG 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NON-RESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) PG 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (Government) will have access to ALL Americans financial / personal records PG 203 Line 14-15 HC - "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that PG 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Government will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors, low income, poor affected (More Rationed Care) PG 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill - Doctors, it doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same amount of money PG 253 Line 10-18 Government sets value of Doctor's time, professional judgment, etc. Literally, value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131 Government mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries PG 268 Sec 1141 Federal Government regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs PG 272 SEC. 1145. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! PG 280 Sec 1151 The Government will penalize hospitals for what Government deems preventable readmissions. PG 298 Lines 9-11 Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a readmission-Government will penalize you. PG 317 L 13-20 PROHIBITION on ownership and investment. Government tells Doctors what and how much they can own. PG 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion- Government is mandating hospitals cannot expand PG 321 2-13 Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input required. Can you say ACORN?!! PG 335 L 16-25 & PG 336-339 - Government mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing PG 341 Lines 3-9 Government has authority to disqualify Medicare Advanced Plans, HMOs, etc. RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! PG 379 Sec 1191 Government creates more bureaucracy - Telehealth Advisory Committee. Can you say HC by phone? PG 425 Lines 4-12 Government mandates Advance Care
Read this and tell me you still want Obama's Health Care? Following is three pages of highlights of HR 3200, the Democrats' Health Plan. And yes, I read it. If you would like to verify these highlights, go to www.opencongress.org/bill/111-h3200/text It's over 1000 pages in length, so it takes a while to upload. I don't know about you, but the idea of some non-medical bureaucrat telling me what I can and can't have in the way of medical care is downright frightening. Especially the part about euthanasia for us Senior Citizens. PG 22 of the HC Bill MANDATES the Government will audit books of ALL EMPLOYERS that self insure!! PG 30 Sec 123 of HC bill - THERE WILL BE A GOVERNMENT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments / benefits you get PG 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill - YOUR HEALTHCARE IS RATIONED!!! PG 42 of HC Bill - The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill - HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise PG 58 HC Bill - Government will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! PG 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Government will have direct access to your bank accounts for electronic funds transfer PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations (ACORN). PG 72 Lines 8-14 Government is creating an HC Exchange to bring private HC plans under Government control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill - Government mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specifications for Benefit Levels for Plans = The Government will ration your Healthcare! PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill - Government mandates linguistic appropriate services Example - Translation for illegal aliens PG 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Government will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Government HC plan PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specifications of Benefit Levels 4 Plans AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill - Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice PG 124 lines 24-25 HC Bill - No company can sue the Government on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Government Monopoly PG 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill – Doctors / AMA - The Government will tell YOU what you can make. PG 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE PG 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. PG 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Employer with payroll $400,000 & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax (Fine) on all payroll PG 150 Lines 9-13 Business with payroll between $251,000 & $400,000 who doesn’t provide public option pays 2 - 6% tax (Fine) on all payroll PG 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Government will be taxed (Fined) 2.5% of income PG 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NON-RESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) PG 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (Government) will have access to ALL Americans financial / personal records PG 203 Line 14-15 HC - "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that PG 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Government will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors, low income, poor affected (More Rationed Care) PG 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill - Doctors, it doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same amount of money PG 253 Line 10-18 Government sets value of Doctor's time, professional judgment, etc. Literally, value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131 Government mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries PG 268 Sec 1141 Federal Government regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs PG 272 SEC. 1145. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! PG 280 Sec 1151 The Government will penalize hospitals for what Government deems preventable readmissions. PG 298 Lines 9-11 Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a readmission-Government will penalize you. PG 317 L 13-20 PROHIBITION on ownership and investment. Government tells Doctors what and how much they can own. PG 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion- Government is mandating hospitals cannot expand PG 321 2-13 Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input required. Can you say ACORN?!! PG 335 L 16-25 & PG 336-339 - Government mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing PG 341 Lines 3-9 Government has authority to disqualify Medicare Advanced Plans, HMOs, etc. RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! PG 379 Sec 1191 Government creates more bureaucracy - Telehealth Advisory Committee. Can you say HC by phone? PG 425 Lines 4-12 Government mandates Adv
can you oink like a rig in russian because this stuff I found in Obama's health care bill could make Stalin? Some of the items in the Health Care Plan now in the works: (Yes, someone IS reading the immense amount of pages! But it ain't your representatives in Washington D.C. !) Pg 22 of the HC Bill MANDATES the Govt will audit books of ALL EMPLOYERS that self insure!! Pg 30 Sec 123 of HC bill - THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill - YOUR HEALTHCARE IS RATIONED!!! You can only get so much "care" per year. Pg 42 of HC Bill - The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits 4 you. You have no choice! PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill - HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Pg 58HC Bill - Govt will have real-time access to individs finances & and a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Govt will have direct access 2 your banks accts. for elective funds transfers. PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community orgs (ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Govt is creating an HC Exchange to bring private HC plans under Govt control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill - Govt mandates ALL benefit pkgs for private HC plans in the Exchange. PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specs for Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill - Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services..... Example - Translation for illegal aliens. Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individually for Govt HC plan. PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specs of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed -PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill - Medicaid <>http://www.thumpertalk.com/forum/showthr… Eligible Indiv. will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice pg 124 lines 24-25 HC No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Goverment Monopoly. pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill - Doctors/AMA - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make. Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Pg 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Emplyr w/ payroll <>http://www.thumpertalk.com/forum/showthr… 400k & above who does not prov. pub opt. pays 8% tax on all payroll. pg 150 Lines 9-13 Businesses w/ payroll between 251k & 400k who doesnt provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Pg 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesnt have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5%. Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (YOU AND I WILL PAY FOR THEM!) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans financial/personal recds PG 203 Line 14-15 HC - "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" (Yes, it says that.) Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors, low income, poor will be very affected. Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill - Doctors- Doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same. PG 253 Line 10-18 Govt sets value of Dr's time, professional judgments, etc. Literally value of humans. This is called QARLYS-Quality Adjusted Remaining Life Years. if you are too old and too sick, and if it is too costly, treatment can be DENIED! PG 265 Sec 1131Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. PG 268 Sec 1141 Fed Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs PG 272 SEC. 1145. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151 The Govt will penalize hospitals for what Govt deems preventable readmissions. Pg 317 L 13-20 OMG!! PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Drs. what/how much they can own. Pg 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. pg 321 2-13 Hospitals have oppt to apply for exception BUT community input required. Can you say ACORN?!! Pg335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339 - Govt mandates estab. of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing Pg 341 Lines 3-9 Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Adv Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing all into Govt HC plan Pg 354 Sec 1177 - Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs. Pg 379 Sec 1191 Govt creates more bureaucracy - Telehealth Advisory Cmtte. Can you say HC by phone? PG 425 Lines 4-12 Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life. Seniors will be interviewed every year for health issues and decisions made as to what care they can or can't receive! Pg 425 Lines 17-19 Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of atty. Mandatory! PG 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3 Govt provide
Health Care; when did it become a political issue? Modern medicine has caused the price increase of better treatments--Thank you. How to afford these treatments, and make health care available to everyone, is a nice goal. How does the medical community propose to make the best healthcare in the world, available to everyone in the nation, based upon indiscriminate presentation of health care issues ( i.e. smokers, vs non-smokers). Since the inception of the modern policies; where the government is involved with many previously private decisions--the question is begging to be asked: Why are there two different groups of medical professionals, and why do they advocate for different access forms to medical attention. If one has a choice for limited care via one insurance, vs choice through another insurance ( with unlimitted access to a specialist should it be deemed by a person who knows their own body better than any other individual), then why the confusion in regard to access? Government, stay out of private concerns.
Where would you live in the UK if you had the choice of Nottingham, Leeds, York or Bristol? Where exactly would you live, and why? I am more swayed to Bristol at the moment but think my family would prefer Nottingham as it is closer to them. We have a small child and so would need to be in an area near to good schools, whilst also near to Universities, or health scetors (NHS) so I can work.. prefer somewhere vibrant, but with a good community spirit, church, gym, parks, and also safe. Not much then!
Why doesnt Obama stop pretending to be listening to other ideas on health care? http://spectator.org/archives/2009/03/11/ostracized-by-obama/ As part of his drive to overhaul the nation's health-care system, President Obama has presented himself as a pragmatist who is more interested in creating the best possible plan than in rigidly adhering to a given ideology. "It's conceivable that there are other ideas out there that we have not thought of," he acknowledged at last Thursday's White House Health Care Summit. "If there is a way of getting this done where we're driving down costs and people are getting health insurance at an affordable rate and have choice of doctor, have flexibility in terms of their plans, and we could do that entirely through the market, I'd be happy to do it that way. If there was a way of doing it that involved more government regulation and involvement, I'm happy to do it that way as well. I just want to figure out what works." President Obama has used events such as community discussion groups and last week's summit to foster the impression that he is soliciting opinions from all angles of the health care debate, but the reality is a lot different. Obscured by the Administration's theatrics is the fact that it has kept at bay those who advocate free-market solutions rather than government-run health care. The guest list to the summit was a telling sign. Despite having representatives from 169 different labor, industry, and policy organizations, the White House did not invite any organizations that advocate a consumer-based free-market approach to health care. Progressive organizations such as the Center for American Progress, Health Care for America NOW!, and Campaign for America's Future were represented, but pro-market groups such as the Cato Institute, Consumers for Health Care Choices, the Galen Institute, or the Council for Affordable Health Insurance were not. "They brought in the health care establishment to basically divvy up the pie, and consumers were left out of it entirely," lamented Greg Scandlen, president of Consumers for Health Care Choices. "This is all predetermined and orchestrated to get the result they want." While the Republican Congressional leadership was on hand, many of the foremost proponents of a patient-focused approach to health care were not. "I suspect that that can't be an accident," Rep. John Shadegg, a Republican who has proposed a number of market-oriented reforms to the U.S. health care system and did not receive an invitation to the summit, said. "I suspect that they don't want those views expressed." Shadegg noted that other lawmakers who weren't invited included free marketers such as Rep. Paul Ryan, Rep. Tom Price, Sen. Richard Burr, Sen. Jim DeMint, and Obama's personal friend, Sen. Tom Coburn. By contrast, Sen. Bernard Sanders and Rep. John Conyers were on hand -- both of them advocate a socialized, or single-payer, system. The Obama administration's unwillingness to consider free-market views wasn't limited to the summit. TAS spoke to several professionals who took the Obama transition team up on its call to hold community meetings last December aimed at generating ideas on how to reform the health-care system. But those who came up with ideas focused on a consumer-based approach rather than a government-run one felt that their ideas were ignored. "They called out for everyone to have all of these town meetings, but if your town meeting didn't have a conclusion that agreed with theirs, they said 'thank you very much' and never came back to you," said Dr. Marcy Zwelling-Aamot, who participated in a meeting in Long Beach, California, along with a coalition of local lawmakers, hospitals, providers, and concerned residents. More here: http://spectator.org/archives/2009/03/11/ostracized-by-obama/ "The spectator is right wing propaganda at is finest." You liberals are quite predictable. I KNEW the article was going to get that reaction. Attack the messenger, not the message. You got anything that proves the info in the article completely wrong? I didnt think so. "First of all, Republican leaders and Republican Congressmen and Senators were invited." Well duh. The article mentions that. "While the Republican Congressional leadership was on hand, many of the foremost proponents of a patient-focused approach to health care were not. " "Insurance company executives, HMO's, doctors and hospitals were all heavily represented." Yes, the ESTABLISHMENT. Whats more, none of whom disagreed with the socialist plans. "The article complains about 'free-marketers' not being invited," Lie. It says many were not invited. It didnt say ALL were not invited "then near the end of the article (which you did not quote)" I didnt quote it because I cant fit the entire article. I had to excerpt. "it quotes a free-marketer that was invited. What a joke. " Again, the article says that MANY were not invited. It didnt say ALL. "What a joke. The American Spectator is a biased source. Nice try, but their game is easy to spot and see through." Nice try, but it was YOU that had to twist and lie about what the article did and didnt say in order to reach your biased conclusion. in other words, you set up a strawman so that you can knock it down. Waiting on you, Colleen, to explain how you manged to read things into the article that just isnt there. "That is a spurious claim in and of itself because it is readily apparent that a wide array of differing viewpoints were in fact represented" Yeah, but by how many. 50-5, 100-3? Whats more, their complaint is while they were invited, they werent listened to. They were invited just for show, not because Obama was interested in listening to their view. "Obviously there is a finite number of guests that can be invited. Duh" Duh. Obviously. But when youve got say, 400 limited seating, and invite lets say only 10 or 25 people of opposing views, the rest going to people you agree with,,. "'Many' free markerters weren't invited, but does it tell you that many single payer proponents were likewise not invited? Of course not because that is not the way propaganda is put together. For example: It goes out if its way to say John Conyers and Bernie Sanders were there and then tries to minimize the fact that many members of Congress with exactly opposite views were likewise present by not mentioning their names" It doesnt mention the single payer proponents because they WERE invited. The claim that they were likewise not invited is BS: http://prorev.com/2009/03/inside-obamas-healthcare-show-summit.html "Regular folks were also represented--I suppose you think that someone from the Cato Institute isn't the establishment" Not the Health Care establishment, which is what I was refering to. "Some single payer proponents were invited and some free-marketers were invited." You mean alot of single payer advocates were invited and very few free market advocates were invited. "Many single payer advocates were NOT invited just like many free-marketers were not invited---that was my point. The propagandist attempted to make it appear that free marketers were largely not invited and that single payers were largely invited. That is simply not the case." Wrong. That IS the case. Many single payer advocates were indeed invited as I pointed out. Many more than free market advocates. The article is dead on accurate about the lack of free market advocates being invited while many single payer advocates were clearly invited. "Please, this is just whining and it is bogus." Right. You give your opinions. People who disagree are "whining" "Certainly he had more people leaning toward his own perspective, but those with differing views were well represented too. The criticism is just more sore loser rhetoric." This has zilch to do with being a "sore loser". This is about the future well being of this country. "You guys lost, get over it." As long as Obama does things we disapprove of, you will continue to hear our voices in opposition. I dont recall your side "getting over it" when any Republican won office. "Pat Robertson's Regents University grads are no longer going to be staffing the government " And you and I and the whole country will be all the sadder for it, mark my words.
Is our Community Organizer Chief better at playing Pres., or playing CEO of any business of his choice? Another $180 more million or billion was passed in the Senate, and one of the projects is making the internet "BETTER." You know what that means, right? It is already reported that the monitoring of our emails, and public places such as this one, etc., will be stepped up. Also, to make the internet "better" for this administration, that means NO MORE LOOKING UP HEALTH CARE QUESTIONS!!! After all ... Obama will see to it that you get all the answers he wants you to have! Do you realize that Obama shouldn't even be messing in banks, businesses or internet ..... he's supposed to be a President, not a CEO of EVERY AMERICAN BUSINESS!!! He's also nothing near being a DOCTOR, so he needs to stay out of the health of American citizens! He also isn't GOD, and obviously doesn't know that the EARTH actually cools and heats ALL BY ITSELF! It doesn't matter if people are here or not.
What's your opinion on the Obama Health Care? Just a few facts from the Obama/Dem. house Bill: 1. "Free" health care for illegal aliens, paid for by you. 2. Government required counseling for senior regarding end of life decisions 3. Goverment dictates which doctors may write end of life orders 4. Government funded abortions 5. Government funded embryonic stem cell research 6. Small businessess fined $100/day ffor not enrolling in government plan 7.Government to audit all small businesses who self insure 8.Government Health Choices Board decides which medical procedures you get 9. Government to decide level of care for end of life patients 10. Community organizationa (ACORN) get paid to sign up individuals for Government Plan 11. Government will tell doctors and nurses how much they can make 12. If you don't have acceptable coverage, government will fine you 2.5% of your income. If you have an existing plan, as I do, and any one feature of the plan changes, such as the co pay, or deductible amount, then you will be forced to dump it and take the government plan. Mr. Obama asserts that the government plan will only compete with the private sector;not eliminate it. The reality is that the governm,ent will subsidize its plan with tax dollars, so that private plans will not be able to compete. There will be a government committe (board) that will decide on vital health care issues. For example, if an elderly person has a disease with a bad prognosis, the government plan may say that due to their age, tests, treatments, and surgery are not cost effective, therefore THEY WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO OBTAIN THE CARE DESIRED. What are your opinions - I know what mine are I just wanted to know how you thought about this! Sprirsh_1 they are not lies - It's the pure truth. If you knew any better you would have listed how it wasn't true? All of you that say this is incorrect information - read it for yourself http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=111_cong_bills&docid=f:h3200ih.pdf It is not incorrect you have just been coaxed into believing that Obama or someone else will start buying your way out of sh**. That will never happen. Just like every person will have jobs - yea right. Half of the people that don't have a job is because they don't want to get a job they would rather live off of taxpayers money (welfare)
Want a Masters in Public Health but no Chemistry classes, can I get in? I go to an ivy league school, and I *was* pre-med until I realized that chemistry was killing my GPA so I have only taken one chemistry class. Do all MPH schools demand you have chemistry classes? I have loads of research experience and I've taken a lot of methodology and epidemiological classes. It's a shame that isn't enough. My choices: Berkeley MPH (requirements say "suggested" chem/biochemistry) Washington Univ. MPH (requirements: chem/biochemistry) Did anyone get into an MPH program without taking chemistry? Mind you, I am more concentrated in behavioral sciences and community health than hard biological sciences. Also, do I have to take the GREs for an MPH?
Confused about my choice of Degree? I have always liked to work in a place such as the Red Cross/UN/WHO. And I like to do something related to health. I was planning to do a degree in Public Health. But I dont want to be totaly involved in health only. I like to do other things such as Social work, Community work etc. My main interest is field work and helping to prevent diseases etc in poor communites - but along with this I would like to help in other ways. So what kind of a Degree do you think would suit me?...Public health (Major) and something else?
Is this a good choice to make a career? I will be transferring from my community college this summer and when I attend a university I want to dual major. I want to have two degrees when I graduate. I will major in Journalism and minor in Spanish I will also major in Public health and minor in nursing Once I agraduate the university I will enter a program to become a physician assitant Does this sound like I will make good money, if I appy myself?
How do you feel about the specifics of the Healthcare Bill? Contact your Representatives and let them know how you feel about this. We, as a country, cannot afford another 1000 page bill to go through congress without being read. Another 500 pages to go. I have highlighted a few of the items that are down right unconstitutional. • Page 22: Mandates audits of all employers that self-insure! • Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! • Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) • Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. • Page 50: All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with free healthcare services.< br> • Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Healthcard. • Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. • Page 65: Taxpayers will subsidize all union retiree and community organizer health plans (read: SEIU, UAW and ACORN) • Page 72: All private healthcare plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Healthcare Exchange. • Page 84: All private healthcare plans must participate in the Healthcare Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) • Page 91: Government mandates linguistic infrastructure for services; translation: illegal aliens • Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and Americorps to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. • Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. • Page 124: No company can sue the government for price-fixing. No "judicial review" is permitted against the government monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. • Page 127: The AMA sold doctors out: the government will set wages. • Page 145: An employer MUST auto-enroll employees into the government-run public plan. No alternatives. • Page 126: Employers MUST pay healthcare bills for part-time employees AND their families. • Page 149:=2 0Any employer with a payroll of $400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays an 8% tax on payroll • Page 150: Any employer with a payroll of $250K-400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays a 2 to 6% tax on payroll • Page 167: Any individual who doesn’t' have acceptable healthcare (according to the government) will be taxed 2.5% of income. • Page 170: Any NON-RESIDENT alien is exempt from individual taxes (Americans will pay for them). • Page 195: Officers and employees of Government Healthcare Bureaucracy will have access to ALL American financial and personal records. • Page 203: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax." Yes, it really says that. • Page 239: Bill will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors and the poor most affected." • Page 241: Doctors: no matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same (thanks, AMA!) • Page 253: Government sets value of doctors' time, their professional judgment, etc. • Page 265: Government mandates and controls productivity for private healthcare industries. • Page 268: Government regulates rental and purchase of power-driven wheelchairs. • Page 272: Cancer patients: welcome to the wonderful world of rationing! • Page 280: Hospitals will be penalized for what the government deems preventable re-admissions. • Page 298: Doctors: if you treat a patient during an initial admission that results in a readmission, you will be penalized by the government. • Page 317: Doctors: you are now prohibited for owning and investing in healthcare companies! • Page 318: Prohibition on hospital expansion. Hospitals cannot expand without government approval. • Page 321: Hospital expansion hinges on "community" input: in other words, yet another payoff for ACORN. • Page 335: Government mandates establishment of outcome-based measures: i.e., rationing. • Page 341: Government has authority to disqualify Medicare Advantage Plans, HMOs, etc. • Page 354: Government will restrict enrollment of SPECIAL NEEDS individuals. • Page 379: More bureaucracy: Telehealth Advisory Committee (healthcare by phone). • Page 425: More bureaucracy: Advance Care Planning Consult: Senior Citizens, assisted suicide, euthanasia? • Page 425: Government will instruct and consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney, etc. Mandatory. Appears to lock in estate taxes ahead of time. • Page 425: Government provides approved list of end-of-life resources, guiding you in death. • Page 427: Government mandates program that orders end-of-life treatment; government dictates how your life ends. • Page 429: Advance Care Planning Consult will be used to dictate treatment as patient's health deteriorates. This can include an ORDER for e http://edlabor.house.gov/documents/111/pdf/publications/AAHCA-BillText-071409.pdf
Can anyone verify this information about the healthcare reform bill? This is a summary of certain areas of the recently passed healthcare bill from a holistic healthcare site called Naturalnews.com, translated into common English. These guys are HUGE conspiracy theorists, so I'm a bit wary of their interpretations. Page 16: States that if you have insurance at the time of the bill becoming law and change, you will be required to take a similar plan. If that is not available, you will be required to take the government option! • Page 22: Mandates audits of all employers that self-insure! • Page 29: Admission: your health care will be rationed! • Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals process) • Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. • Page 50: All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with free healthcare services. • Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Healthcard. • Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. • Page 65: Taxpayers will subsidize all union retiree and community organizer health plans (example: SEIU, UAW and ACORN) • Page 72: All private healthcare plans must conform to government rules to participate in a Healthcare Exchange. • Page 84: All private healthcare plans must participate in the Healthcare Exchange (i.e., total government control of private plans) • Page 91: Government mandates linguistic infrastructure for services; translation: illegal aliens • Page 95: The Government will pay ACORN and Americorps to sign up individuals for Government-run Health Care plan. • Page 102: Those eligible for Medicaid will be automatically enrolled: you have no choice in the matter. • Page 124: No company can sue the government for price-fixing. No "judicial review" is permitted against the government monopoly. Put simply, private insurers will be crushed. • Page 127: The AMA sold doctors out: the government will set wages. • Page 145: An employer MUST auto-enroll employees into the government-run public plan. No alternatives. • Page 126: Employers MUST pay healthcare bills for part-time employees AND their families. • Page 149: Any employer with a payroll of $400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays an 8% tax on payroll • Page 150: Any employer with a payroll of $250K-400K or more, who does not offer the public option, pays a 2 to 6% tax on payroll • Page 167: Any individual who doesn't have acceptable healthcare (according to the government) will be taxed 2.5% of income. • Page 170: Any NON-RESIDENT alien is exempt from individual taxes (Americans will pay for them). • Page 195: Officers and employees of Government Healthcare Bureaucracy will have access to ALL American financial and personal records. • Page 203: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax." Yes, it really says that. • Page 239: Bill will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors and the poor most affected." • Page 241: Doctors: no matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same (thanks, AMA!) • Page 253: Government sets value of doctors' time, their professional judgment, etc. • Page 265: Government mandates and controls productivity for private healthcare industries. • Page 268: Government regulates rental and purchase of power-driven wheelchairs. • Page 272: Cancer patients: welcome to the wonderful world of rationing! • Page 280: Hospitals will be penalized for what the government deems preventable re-admissions. • Page 298: Doctors: if you treat a patient during an initial admission that results in a readmission, you will be penalized by the government. • Page 317: Doctors: you are now prohibited for owning and investing in healthcare companies! • Page 318: Prohibition on hospital expansion. Hospitals cannot expand without government approval. • Page 321: Hospital expansion hinges on "community" input: in other words, yet another payoff for ACORN. • Page 335: Government mandates establishment of outcome-based measures: i.e., rationing. • Page 341: Government has authority to disqualify Medicare Advantage Plans, HMOs, etc. • Page 354: Government will restrict enrollment of SPECIAL NEEDS individuals. • Page 379: More bureaucracy: Telehealth Advisory Committee (healthcare by phone). • Page 425: More bureaucracy: Advance Care Planning Consult: Senior Citizens, assisted suicide, euthanasia? • Page 425: Government will instruct and consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney, etc. Mandatory. Appears to lock in estate taxes ahead of time. • Page 425: Government provides approved list of end-of-life resources, guiding you in death. • Page 427: Government mandates program that orders end-of-life treatment; government dictates how your life ends. • Page 429: Advance Care Planning Consult
Excuse me...WHAT about health care? Are they kidding me? I'm a college student right now (by force of the employment community, not by choice) in the time of horrible unemployment levels. I, and my peers, pay an average of $30,000 a year to get a degree that really will just blend us into the crowd of people looking for higher employment. Now, you have to graduate high school, get a college degree, AND have "experience" to be considered for a position. On top of the huge debt and no promise of a career, I find that the new health care bill is going to raise private insurance for young people by 17 percent! How can they expect us to pick up all the slack? I feel like they are dumping all the problems onto the next generation...MY generation...and we just let it happen! Who else is with me on this? Do you feel like you're being used by the government and the older generation? (Please don't bombard me with useless comments, this is just me venting and finding out if other college students see it the way I do) Dubmaster07: I see the argument of the other side. However, this is the generation of the baby boomers. Back then, money was an abundance in general, and anyone who graduated college was almost guaranteed a degree, but those are old and outdated ideas. The fact is, a lot of people cannot get a job without a degree, but like one other person said (sorry, I can't remember your name) even idiots can graduate now so the value is much lower than it was in the baby boomer's time. sgoldperson: yes, it is sad. I tried to tell them, and I still do. Sadly, I didn't turn 18 in time for this election, even though I felt really strongly about it.
Obama just got his Private army, it was tucked away in the health bill, thoughts? SEC. 203. COMMISSIONED CORPS AND READY RESERVE CORPS. (a) ESTABLISHMENT– (1) IN GENERAL.–here shall be in the Service a commissioned Regular Corps and a Ready Reserve Corps for service in time of national emergency. (2) REQUIREMENT.–All commissioned officers shall be citizens of the United States and shall be appointed without regard to the civil-service laws and compensated without regard to the Classification Act 2 of 1923, as amended. (3) APPOINTMENT.–Commissioned officers of the Ready Reserve Corps shall be appointed by the President and commissioned officers of the Regular Corps shall be appointed by the President with the advice and consent of the Senate. (4) ACTIVE DUTY.–Commissioned officers of the Ready Reserve Corps shall at all times be subject to call to active duty by the Surgeon General, including active duty for the purpose of training. (5) WARRANT OFFICERS.–Warrant officers may be appointed to the Service for the purpose of providing support to the health and delivery systems maintained by the Service and any warrant officer appointed to the Service shall be considered for purposes of this Act and title 37, United States Code, to be a commissioned officer within the Commissioned Corps of the Service. (b) ASSIMILATING RESERVE CORP OFFICERS INTO THE REGULAR CORPS.—Effective on the date of enactment of the Affordable Health Choices Act, all individuals classified as officers in the Reserve Corps under this section (as such section existed on the day before the date of enactment of such Act) and serving on active duty shall be deemed to be commissioned officers of the Regular Corps. [Note here that those personally appointed by BO -- without advice and consent of the Senate -- automatically become a part of the Regular Corps. Ed.] (c) PURPOSE AND USE OF READY RESERVE.– (1) PURPOSE.–The purpose of the Ready Reserve Corps is to fulfill the need to have additional Commissioned Corps personnel available on short notice (similar to the uniformed service’s reserve program) to assist regular Commissioned Corps personnel to meet both routine public health and emergency response missions. (2) USES.–The Ready Reserve Corps shall– (A) participate in routine training to meet the general and specific needs of the Commissioned Corps; (B) be available and ready for involuntary calls to active duty during national emergencies and public health crises, similar to the uniformed service reserve personnel; (C) be available for backfilling critical positions left vacant during deployment of active duty Commissioned Corps members, as well as for deployment to respond to public health emergencies, both foreign and domestic; and (D) be available for service assignment in isolated, hardship, and medically underserved communities (as defined in section 399SS) to improve access to health services. (d) FUNDING.—For the purpose of carrying out the duties and responsibilities of the Commissioned Corps under this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to the Office of the Surgeon General for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014. Funds appropriated under this subsection shall be used for recruitment and training of Commissioned Corps Officers. Wow, they can be called to action 'by the Surgeon General'. hmmmm, interesting. Maybe you are not reading, "Sec. 5210. Establishing a Ready Reserve Corps."
I need help on some Health care questions.....? 5. Which statement most accurately describes the relationship between health insurance and health? A. Compared with insured person, the uninsured tend to be diagnosed at later stages of life-threatening illnesses. B. Having health insurance has no impact on a person's overall health. Genetics and lifestyle choices are the only factors proven to impact health. C. In an effort to avoid high-cost hospitalizations, the uninsured are more likely to practice health maintenance behaviors than those with insurance. D. People who have health insurance display a 25% increased risk of dying when compared to the uninsured. 7. One method for improving long-term care involves shifting from nursing home care to community based care. To assure success of this transition, what mechanisms must first be put into place? A. Developing social insurance to finance long-term care. B. Training and supporting family members as caregivers. C. Both a & b. D. Neither a nor b.
Why are you against Obama's health care reform? So far all we know this is what his goal is -Reduce long-term growth of health care costs for businesses and government -Protect families from bankruptcy or debt because of health care costs -Guarantee choice of doctors and health plans -Invest in prevention and wellness -Improve patient safety and quality of care -Assure affordable, quality health coverage for all Americans -Maintain coverage when you change or lose your job End barriers to coverage for people with pre-existing medical conditions To pay for this by savings in medicare and medicaid and they plan to increase taxes by 4.1% for the individuals who make $280,000 or more or families that make $350,000 or more. This is about 1.7% of the u.s. population. Why are people in the middle class so upset about a plan that hopes to make things a little easier for them by lowering costs? Are they disillusioned into thinking they will be the rich 1% someday? Do they not realize how delicate the middle class is right now? Couldn't we use the help? Richard Wolff, Professor of Economics: "Over the last thirty years, the tax on the richest 1% of america, is the tax by the federal government that has fallen the most, from roughly 65% to roughly 35%, at the top bracket. That means that over the last 30 years taxes have dropped on the richest americans, particularly the richest 1% and even more for the richest 1/10%, much more than that was experienced by the middle class or the poor who's taxes, if you include social security and so on, have gone up. Rich people do not make the economy strong. What makes a country wealthy is the mass of it's people have the desire to work, have the education and skills to work, and have the opportunity, in an employment situation, to work with tools and equipment to make goods and services. That's what makes a country wealthy. The vast majority of people are workers, and the vast majority of the richest people in the community are not workers. So if you wish to have a wealthy society, the first and most important thing to do, is to provide people with the education, with good health, decent transportation. In other words basic services to enable them to be productive workers." http://therealnews.com/t/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=31&Itemid=74&jumival=4031&updaterx=2009-07-23+10%3A19%3A42 @Lauren G: Wake up? How about Back up what your saying. Obama is trying to make a socialist country? proof? is it the .21% of business nationalized in the past decade? Is it the single payer health care system he's NOT proposing? How about having reasoning behind your claims or you come off as another nutjob. @why obama is a liar. Leaving out information to prove a point is a real disservice. It's estimated 1 trillion over the next 10 years and measures are being implemented for it to pay for itself. @ Luke M: Just what i thought a bunch of oversimplification, meaningless rhetoric. Are you just going to keep saying I don't want government interfering with our lives? How about no government then. I'm sure noone will be dictating your life then. Your whole statement was utterly meaningless. Just using words like powergrab and comparing everything to the Communist and Fascist countries is nonsense and really shows you have put no thought into the issue whatsoever. @DAR. Excellent answer. I had not thought where the money is actually going to drive down costs. How much of it is just going to paying off insurance companies and how much of it is actually going to the source of the problem. Something I will have to look into. If you have any sources I would be really interested in seeing them. Thanks. @Dar: I don't however see how tax deductions that go to health insurance would drive down costs. I'd be interested in finding out though. Could you link any sources for this?
Choice of living in a retirement village when ageing.? I am a very active female, married and still working. My question relates to older people (other than me but also for me when I am much older). When my father died my mother went into a retirement resort mainly because my sisters thought it best for her to get settled somewhere before she reached to urgent stage (e.g. health deteriorated). As a trained nurse I was trained to think differently - there are all the resources in the community that one needs to stay in you rown home as long as possible and this should be encouraged. As it was my mother's memory went very quickly from the shock of being on her own in a unit, out of her usual environment (so she lost confidence in driving the car and lost her independence, familiar faces and activities). (She was 87yrs and lived a VERY active life previously, including playing golf twice a week, did the family business wages, met with friends etc. ). She went from bad to worse. What is your opinion?
How do you feel about 0bama forcing health care workers to get swine flue vaccine? Oct 16, 2009 3:13 pm US/Eastern Judge Halts Flu Vaccine Mandate For Health Workers New York Health Care Employees Won't Be Forced To Get H1N1 Vaccine... For Now NEW YORK (CBS) ― Health care workers in New York will no longer be forced to get the H1N1 swine flu vaccine, CBS 2 has learned. A state Supreme Court judge issued a restraining order Friday against the state from enforcing the controversial mandatory vaccination. The order came as the Public Employees Federation sued to reverse a policy requiring vaccination against the seasonal and swine flu viruses, arguing that state Health Commissioner Richard Daines overstepped his authority. Three parties – the Public Employees Federaion, New York State United Teachers, and an attorney representing four Albany nurses – challenged the order and for now the vaccination for nurses, doctors, aides, and non-medical staff members who might be in a patient's room will remain voluntary. The health department had said the workers must be vaccinated by November 30 or face possible disciplinary action, including dismissal. PEF said it encourages members to get flu vaccinations, but opposes the emergency regulation requiring the vaccine as a condition of employment. A judge granted a temporary restraining order Friday morning, PEF spokeswoman Debbie Miles said. A court hearing is scheduled for October 30. New York was the first state in the country to initially mandate flu vaccinations for its health care workers, but many health care workers quickly protested against the ruling. In Hauppauge, workers outside a local clinic screamed "No forced shots!" when the mandate came down at the end of September. "I don't even tend to the sick. I am in the nutrition field. They are telling me I must get the shot because I work in a health clinic setting," said Paula Small, a Women, Infants and Children health care worker. Small said she would refuse to be vaccinate, worried the vaccine is untested and unproven, leaving her vulnerable. In 1976, there were some deaths associated with a swine flu vaccination. Registered nurse Frank Mannino, 50, was also angry. He said the state regulation violates his personal freedom and civil rights. "And now I will lose my job if I don't take the regular flu shot or the swine flu shot." When asked if he's willing to lose his job, Mannino said, "Absolutely. I will not take it, will not be forced. This is still America." The protest also shook Albany. Hundreds of demonstrators demanded freedom of choice. After all, as health care professionals, they argue they're already constantly washing their hands and aren't likely to transmit or contract the flu. Around 500,000 health care workers would have been slated to receive the vaccine "It's certainly their prerogative to voice their opinion," said Dr. Susan Donelan of Stony Brook University Hospital. Donelan said most in the medical community see the benefits and safety of the shots and welcome them, and that hospitals must obey the law. "Our hospital is committed to following the mandate to have our personnel vaccinated," she said. The state said change was needed this year to save lives. Typically only about 45 percent of health care workers take advantage of voluntary flu vaccines. More than 150 institutional outbreaks of seasonal and H1N1 flu are expected this year in hospitals, nursing homes and hospice centers. There is also a strong resistance to the vaccine from the general public. A new Harvard University poll shows that only four in 10 adults intend to take the vaccine themselves, and only six in 10 plan to give it to their children. http://wcbstv.com/breakingnewsalerts/mandatory.h1n1.vaccine.2.1252672.html Coward Robb I don't get the vaccines to protect myself, but to protect my patients. That's my agenda, PATIENT SAFETY!!! Well, good for you, pat, pat, pat! (on your bald head)
Is the National Health Care Federal Government trickery to get a National ID Card started in America? Pg 22 of the HC Bill mandates the Government will audit books of all employers that self insure. Pg 30 Sec 123 of HC bill a Government committee (good luck with that!) will decide what treatments/benefits a person may receive. Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill YOUR HEALTHCARE WILL BE RATIONED! Pg 42 of HC Bill The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Pg 58 HC Bill Government will have real-time access to individual's finances and a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Government will have direct access to your bank accts for funds transfer. PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations (read: ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Government will create an HC Exchange to bring private HC plans under Government control. PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill Government mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example Translation for illegal aliens. Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Government will use groups, i.e. ACORN & Americorps, to sign up individuals for Government HC plan. PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill Specifics of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members your Health care WILL be rationed. PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. pg 124 lines 24-25 HC No company can sue Government on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Government Monopoly. pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill Doctors/ AMA The Government will tell YOU what you can earn. Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE. Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay.) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (the GOVERNMENT) will have access to ALL Americans' finances and personal records. PG 203 Line 14-15 HC "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that. Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Government will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors, low income, poor affected. Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill Doctors doesn't matter what specialty will all be paid the same. PG 253 Line 10-18 Government sets value of Doctor's time, professional judgment, etc. Literally, value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131 Government mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Pg 317 L 13-20 OMG!! PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Government tells Doctors what/how much they can own. Pg 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion Government will mandate hospitals cannot expand. Pg 354 Sec 1177 Government will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! PG 425 Lines 4-12 Government mandates Advance Care Planning Consultations. Think Senior Citizens end of life prodding. PG 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3 Government provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in how to die. PG 427 Lines 15-24 Government mandates program for orders for end of life. The Government has a say in how your life ends. PG 429 Lines 10-12 "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from the Government to end a life! Page 472 Lines 14-17 PAYMENT TO COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATION. 1 monthly payment to a community-based organization. (Like ACORN?)
Agave nectar (or syrup) vs. Sugar? Why is agave nectar the commonly preferred choice among health food community? Why is agave nectar better? Are there any scientific reasons to choose agave nectar over sugar? This has confused me for a while, it would be great if you could clear this up. Thanks!
Does it seem like hospital and health care employees are living life up while America suffers? Whether it's drug reps, nurses, health care professionals or doctors, it seems like so many of them are living the high life while America goes bankrupt for health care. This one girl went to community college to do some health care profession, and she and her husband are taking all sorts of vacations and going to baseball games. My dad is a doctor, a stupid one at that, and gets all sorts of offers for work. Am I missing something? I remembered at my food service job a while back, most of our revenue came from the health care industry. Is it safe to assume that when these jokers go broke after the government stops the extortion of America, the economy will really start to suffer? I think so. Enough is enough man. You shouldn't have to get sick and get raped at the hospital so some community college idiot can go to baseball games and take vacations in Mexico, and to pay for idiotic advertisements for the hospital. Like I have a choice where I'm going to go if I'm dying!
Why are conservatives against mandatory health insurance? It would seem to go against the concept of personal responsibility. The argument against usually rests on the idea that some people, like young, healthy people, don't get sick that often and don't need it. But this is not true- when they have a catastrophic illness or injury, they become a burden on society, specifically the doctors and hospitals that have to take care of them whether they get paid or not. It is bad enough that most young people already have the idea that health care ought to be free- even when they have the money to pay for ipods, body jewelry, tattoos, etc. What's wrong with requiring at least a high-deductible plan (it wouldn't cover small charges, but would protect from massive costs to society and personal bankruptcy), keeping it private, giving people a choice of carriers, and instituting community rating and guaranteed issue? If we don't support something like this we are going to end up with single-payer. High-deductible plans for young healthy people are cheap! When my daughter graduated from college I bought such a policy as a graduation present. There are temporary policies designed to cover a gap for a short period of time- in her case, 4 months- it was about $75 a month. There are also high-deductible long-term policies- I have one for myself (I work part-time) that costs about $129 a month. Unfortunately a lot of people have their priorities screwed up and by the time they realize they need insurance (like when they get sick), it is too late. I understand your points and appreciate those who do voluntarily take care of this responsibility. If everybody did so, we wouldn't be having this discussion. Do you have an alternate suggestion? Because I can tell you that right now it is physicians and hospitals that are left holding the bag- as well as everybody else that has to pay higher costs to cover the ones who don't pay. I don't see it as a slippery slope to socialized medicine, but as an alternative to it. I also listen to conservative talk radio and agree with most- but every one of them thinks there's not a problem here. They'll say people can just go the emergency room and get taken care of whether they can pay or not. While this is true, it doesn't make up for the fact the doctor doesn't get paid! Lets say that anyone can go to an attorney for emergency legal advice whether they can pay or not, and can't be turned away. Or to a grocery store for emergency food whether they can pay or not, etc. Do you think that is fair to the provider of services that doesn't get compensated for his or her work? Thank you for sharing your experience, Matthew. Please note I said "most"- it is obvious that you are one who has his priorities in order. One theory is that with increased competition among private insurers, people might obtain lower rates or have more choices of plans. For example, COBRA is limited to the usually high-cost plan one had with the employer- I was offered COBRA and chose a different insurer with a high-deductible, low-cost plan as such a plan was not available through COBRA; it was take it or leave it. I also should mention that there is another segment of uninsured out there- those who were insured for many years and lost their insurance, for example, through divorce, and are older and have medical conditions that make it difficult for them to purchase insurance. But what to do about people that could buy insurance for themselves but don't? Good luck in your career! jlf, I appreciate your opinion. In this case my question was addressed to conservatives because I found this particular point of view at odds with personal responsibility and was seeking opinions from this particular group, as a conservative myself. However I certainly would appreciate opinions from all.
DO YOU KNOW THE 5 THINGS YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT OBAMA'S PUBLIC HEALTH INSURANCE OPTION? 1. Choice, choice, choice. If the public health insurance option passes, Americans will be able to choose between their current insurance and a high-quality, government-run plan similar to Medicare. If you like your current care, you can keep it. If you don't—or don't have any—you can get the public insurance plan.2 2. It will be high-quality coverage with a choice of doctors. Government-run plans have a track record of innovating to improve quality, because they're not just focused on short-term profits. And if you choose the public plan, you'll still get to choose your doctor and hospital.3 3. We'll all save a bunch of money. The public health insurance option won't have to spend money on things like CEO bonuses, shareholder dividends, or excessive advertising, so it'll cost a lot less. Plus, the private plans will have to lower their rates and provide better value to compete, so people who keep their current insurance will save, too.4 4. It will always be there for you and your family. A for-profit insurer can close, move out of the area, or just kick you off their insurance rolls. The public health insurance option will always be available to provide you with the health security you need.5 5. And it's a key part of universal health care. No longer will sick people or folks in rural communities, or low-income Americans be forced to go without coverage. The public health insurance plan will be available and accessible to everyone. And for those struggling to make ends meet, the premiums will be subsidized by the government.6 1. "Words Designed to Kill Health Care Reform," Huffington Post, May 7, 2009 http://www.moveon.org/r?r=51414&id=16123-9642937-q8Rg.Fx&t=4 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. "The Case for Public Plan Choice in National Health Reform," Institute for America's Future http://www.moveon.org/r?r=51396&id=16123-9642937-q8Rg.Fx&t=5 Will you pass this information on then call your senators and ask them to support the choice of a public health insurance plan? The choice of a public health insurance plan is crucial to real health care reform. But right now, it's being smeared by conservatives and insurance-industry front groups.
Do I have a chance of getting into University of Illinois (UIUC?)? Do I have a decent chance of getting into University of Illinois? I got a 25 on my ACT (highest score was a 27 in science) and a 10(out of 12) in writing. I have a 3.67 gpa which I believe is unweighed (I know our class rank is) I have taken the highest courses I am allowed to. 4 years science, math, English, social studies, gym(law,) and two years of French. The rest are various electives. I have taken harder and harder classes each year. I am currently in AP Biology and Psychology (which is all we have for AP's.) Plus I have honors French and Pre-calculus It is a public school. As of last year I was in the top 11% (which I know I've gone up, too bad they don't) Tennis-4 years (2 JV; 2 varsity) Key Club- 2 years (VP and president) French Club-2 years Student-Teacher-Parent discipline committee- 2 years I won an honorable mention from the Toshiba and NSTA science fair in 2007. My English teacher said that my admissions essays were very good. I am an in-state student. I am a first generation college student. I have visited the campus (if that even matters) I applied during priority admissions. I'm not a minority. I applied to Kinesiology (they also consider you for another major if you don't get your original choice. So community health is also an option.) Oh and in case you're wondering, I have no idea if I would be in National Honor Society, we don't submit our applications until January and find out in March of our senior year. I cant think of anything else. If you don't have anything nice to say, at least wish me luck. I get notified next Friday.
muslims How to Make America an Islamic Nation ? Congress just passed a bill declaring the consumption of alcohol a felony, punishable by up to 120 days in jail. Although critics said the new law wouldn't work anymore than Prohibition did in the 1920's, supporters of the measure felt confident that it would hold, given the large support from the Muslim America community. Even now, many Islamic organizations are setting up alcohol treatment centers and prevention programs designed to help people kick the dangerous habit. The president, a staunch supporter of moral values, is expected to sign the new bill into law when reaches his desk. Sound like fiction? It may be fiction now, but the future is like a book of blank, white pages; anything can happen. When I accepted Islam and surrendered my heart to Allah's will, I didn't do it for economic or social reasons. In fact, I suffered in those two areas because of my conversion. Rather, it was a choice on my part to reform my soul, my mind and my understanding of why I was alive and why I would die one day. I didn't think about living in some town for a few years and making my fortune so my kids could go to Ivy league schools. I wasn't thinking about how to get all my relative a green card nor was I planning to leave and go back home to some far land after my bank account was full enough. I was born and raised here. This is my land. I'll raise my children here, Insha'allah and probably be buried here as well. I knew that by accepting Islam I was declaring that America needed to do so too. America, my home, would naturally become an Islamic country one day. There is no other way to think if you are a truly conscientious believer in Allah. In past columns, I have raised complaints or alarm bells at the state of some segment of the Muslim community. Now I'm going to offer three suggestions for how we can turn the situation around and become the dominant social and cultural force in a country that needs Islam more than another pop-star, beer-brand or psychic network. First, we must be reminded of a simple truth: if you believe in Allah, then you must be more than just a praying Muslim; more than just a fasting Muslim. A Christian can go to the masjid and pray side-by-side with us all he wants; a Jew can fast in Ramadan for forty years, but if such a person doesn't surrender their will to Allah, then all those activities won't mean much. Belief in Allah is what makes those actions have merit on Judgment Day. In the same way, why should we see a praying and fasting Muslim and automatically assume he or she is a true believer? The blessed Prophet once observed that many are the people who fast but who get nothing from it but hunger and thirst. In a similar vein, Allah said that people who pray for show are those who deny the deen. The intention, the belief, that's what makes our Islam real. That's what builds a foundation for the future of our community here. Secondly, what's more important than what people see us doing in the masjid, is what they see us doing outside in the society. If people view us as foreigners, it's not because everybody is an evil racist. It's because sometimes we're presenting ourselves that way. We have to look at ourselves with a critical eye! As a quick note, lest multitudes write and complain: The vast majority of Muslims here have chosen to live in non-Muslim neighborhoods; have chosen to live far from the masjid, have chosen to turn their children into neo-kuffar by letting them be indoctrinated by the public school system and have chosen to have non-Muslims as the primary people they come into contact with. If you choose not to actively practice Islam in your daily life, if you choose not to build and Islamic community, then don't display yourself as an ethnic model and say this is what a Muslim should be. This leads me to the third factor which will help our faith prosper and grow here. The essential, unifying force we must have is a solid, homogenous community. We must live together. All those people who cry about ghettoizing ourselves need to wake up. Why do the Orthodox Jews live together? Why do the Amish live together? Why do the Mormons, the Sikhs, the survivalists and the Koreans live together? Quite simply, to preserve the unique way of life from the scrourge of assimilation. Are they ghettoized? No. Are they poor? No. Their communities tend to be healthier, safer and more prosperous than the general melting pot. How many Muslims have been lost to Islam in the last fifty years here? Tens of thousands have been lost. The only reason Islam is still growing here, by large, is because of a steady stream of immigration. But when that dries up, the assimilation will dwindle our community down to nothing. It's like we have a bucket with a hole in the bottom. We keep pouring new immigrants in, but so many are leaking out are lost forever. (And we're hardly making concerted or intelligent efforts at bringing others to the faith.) I used to have contact with a unique community in the heart of Detroit, Michigan. It was originally settled by Yemeni immigrants about ten years ago. Those Muslims could have gone the way of others and lost their Iman. But as you'll see, something quite different occurred. I still remember my first visit to the area fondly. I was attending a meeting of the newly-formed local ICNA group and had never been exposed to the place before. What I saw amazed me. I was elated, in fact! Children were saying salaams to me on the street and women (in hijab) were walking around and going places leisurely and confidently. I saw Muslims who were Arab, Black and Bengali. But what took the cake for me was when out of nowhere I heard the adhan outdoors over a loudspeaker. They fought the city council and won the right to do adhan five times a day in the community! Something clicked in the minds of these people. The Yemenis formed a master plan and determined to stay together. They set up a fund and slowly bought one house after another, moving Muslim families in and drug-infested kafirs out, until they literally had thousands of Muslims businesses and stores in the heart of the community and bought a huge Catholic church and made it into a beautiful masjid. They even made a small community health care center! When we were leaving our meeting and walking to the masjid for salat, it was the most beautiful sight: from all directions, men, women and children, of all races, were going to their masjid as a community. I've never been to Muslim country before, but I'll tell you this much, I felt as if I were in an Islamic country. And this wasn't Egypt or India or Turkey. It was right here - in America.
Why do Mexicans believe immigration laws are not suppose to apply to them just because they have a family? GRANDVIEW, Wash. -- The need for immigration reform topped the list of concerns that Latino leaders brought Thursday to Sen. Patty Murray, D-Wash., who held an hour-long “listening” session at a senior center in the Lower Yakima Valley. “These laws are ripping families apart,” said Marisol Avila of Consejo Eastern Washington, a counseling and referral service. “We have families that can’t be families.” Avila and others said adult children are afraid to travel back to Mexico when a parent dies, out of fear they won’t get back into the United States. Spouses detained by immigration authorities because of their illegal status are having to leave their young children with older siblings or relatives. And laws governing the path to citizenship are so slow to churn that people have been waiting more than 20 years for their chance to become legal. Avila was one of 13 Latino community leaders, educators and business representatives invited to meet with Murray at the Grandview Senior Center. While there was no specific agenda, Murray acknowledged at the beginning the importance of Latinos as a constituency. “You are very important to me. This is a chance for you to make sure I know what’s on your minds,” she said. Several speakers, including Jesus Hernandez of Wenatchee and Ricardo Garcia, founder of Radio KDNA in Granger, urged Murray to work on passing the Dream Act, legislation that would allow undocumented young people to become eligible for citizenship in exchange for a mandatory two years in higher education or military service. “A top priority should be passage of the Dream Act. It’s a no-brainer,” said Hernandez, who is a member of the Wenatchee School Board. He said the United States needs to guarantee an educated, domestic workforce instead of relying on imported skilled workers. But the conversation kept returning to immigration as several speakers told stories of families separated and living in fear. “Whenever there is a raid, everything in life takes on underlying sense of fear. The fear is there and it never goes away,” said Carol Folsom-Hill, who runs La Casa Hogar, a nonprofit organization in Yakima that helps more than 400 immigrant women gain their footing in work and home life. Murray, who is expected to seek her fifth Senate term next year, said she heard the message. “It’s difficult, hard and a tough balance,” Murray said of passing immigration reform. “We’ve tried it twice in the Senate in the last three years but you’ve given me good reason to go back and say we have to try again.” Murray said Congress is focused on job creation and health care at the moment. She predicted that the Senate likely would be able to pass a bill before the end of the year but said Republicans are trying to block it with procedural tactics. “They are dragging things out incessantly,” she said. Tomas Ybarra, vice president of instruction and student services at Yakima Valley Community College, asked Murray to fight for more funding for community colleges, saying they are facing a convergence of increased demand and declining resources. “I am fearful this will result in a denial of opportunity for our students,” Ybarra said. While several speakers asked for help to combat gangs, Wapato Police Chief Richard Sanchez said the focus on gangs is misleading. “We have everyone scared that every Hispanic child in the community is a gang member. That’s the media. We’re making it too big a deal,” Sanchez said. Murray, who recently secured $500,000 for an anti-gang initiative in Yakima County, agreed that if all that adults talk about is gangs, kids will think that’s their only option in life. She encouraged all the Latino leaders to be role models. “You need to tell students you have a master’s degree, Marisol,” she said to Avila, who recounted recently helping a relative pick apples. Between the two of them, they earned $22 for one bin and it took two and a half hours. Health-care administrator Vickie Ybarra of the Yakima Farm Workers Clinic, who was in the audience, asked Murray to consider the state’s Basic Health Plan a model for offering health care insurance to the working poor. Hernandez of Wenatchee, who is executive director of Community Choice PHCO, a health-care network, said he is discouraged by Republican health-care proposals that would deny care of children of undocumented immigrants. http://www.tdn.com/articles/2009/11/13/breaking_news/doc4afd92e75c9dc737721221.txt
I want a masters degree in Nursing.. Which of these should I take? Major in: a. Medical-Surgical Nursing B. Psychiatric Nursing C. Maternal-Child Nursing D. Community Health Nursing E. Family Health Nursing ------------ I also want to know how much each of the above choices earns the MOST in the US.. Thanks.
If health care reform is about health care, why is it 2000 pages long when the constitution is 17 pages? If the government takeover of health care is really about health care, why is it over 2000 pages long when the constitution is 17 pages? Do dims really think that a company is about providing jobs and providing health insurance? Do you realize you can't insure your health? Health insurance is about insuring your assets. Did you know that over way over 50% of our nation's health care expense are related to our choices? Why should others pay for the choices you make? We simply can't afford health care reform if it includes a government option. For one thing look at the soaring rates of diabetes. It is especially high in the black community because of their lifestyle choices. It is estimated that one in two blacks born today with be a diabetic and mostly due to their eating habits. Why should others be forced to pay for you? Is health care reform more about reparation? I hate bringing this up but I am a doctor.
What do you think of Obama's Optional Health Insurance plan? I recently received an email with the information given below. One thing that I didn't realize, and that I don't think is stressed enough, is that this plan is only an option - each American has complete freedom to choose this plan or keep the plan they already have. The government is not trying to take over or control your life. This is not something out of Orwell and 1984. From the email: 5 THINGS YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT OBAMA'S PUBLIC HEALTH INSURANCE OPTION The choice of a public health insurance plan is crucial to real health care reform. Here's what you really need to know: 1. Choice, choice, choice. If the public health insurance option passes, Americans will be able to choose between their current insurance and a high-quality, government-run plan similar to Medicare. If you like your current care, you can keep it. If you don't—or don't have any—you can get the public insurance plan. 2. It will be high-quality coverage with a choice of doctors. Government-run plans have a track record of innovating to improve quality, because they're not just focused on short-term profits. And if you choose the public plan, you'll still get to choose your doctor and hospital. 3. We'll all save a bunch of money. The public health insurance option won't have to spend money on things like CEO bonuses, shareholder dividends, or excessive advertising, so it'll cost a lot less. Plus, the private plans will have to lower their rates and provide better value to compete, so people who keep their current insurance will save, too. 4. It will always be there for you and your family. A for-profit insurer can close, move out of the area, or just kick you off their insurance rolls. The public health insurance option will always be available to provide you with the health security you need. 5. And it's a key part of universal health care. No longer will sick people or folks in rural communities, or low-income Americans be forced to go without coverage. The public health insurance plan will be available and accessible to everyone. And for those struggling to make ends meet, the premiums will be subsidized by the government. What do you think? How much will it cost? Any other, better solutions?
what is an assertive outreach team (in community for adults)? I want to gain some experience but need more understanding of different services before i make my choice. Im not sure what this team is...I know they are linked to mental health obviously. But what do they do for patients and who does it.
worried that society ,the local community has a ' negative ' perception of me - what can i do ? i feel like because of my past ive been ' vilified ' to a lot of people, so now, everyone has a negative percetion towards me......and im a person with dignity and honour - ( theres no way in this earth im going to bow down or act a certain way to make people accept me..) not a chance - so what do i do ? i honestly feel my life, my hope is over.......in the area where i live, people treat me strangely....are aloof and distant with me.......exchange of glances when i walk in a shop for eg.. i try to go on with dignity and honour as i have done for a while but its getting to hard.. hard to keep doing that.. i have felt estranged and alienated from society most of my adult life now. im 30 and have endured some very tough times, i was bulied, abused , victimised all my life.......have a minor criminal record.......been in a psyche hospital......suffered head injuries. its hard to explain everything thats happened but i have suffered severley and missed out on life big time. never studied or gained qualifications......never been employed......never formed any relationships because of severe low self esteem and clingyness......plus volatile low moods. ive suffered rage all my adult life due to excessive bullying and victimisation....pent up anger i have bpd and ptsd......i used to have rage outbursts in public, where i caused alot of public embarressment and humiliation upon myself...lash out...lose it.......become paranoid.....that i was being singled out......get aggressive with strangers.....basically just lose control of my conduct and cause my self to be the object of ridicule.....and attacks off criminal types. the rage is from severe bullying i went through all my life and pent up anger, unresolved anger. i stay in most of the time because i struggle with rage feelings,....and extreme anxiety.....ive dealt with paranoia for a long time to that im being personally singled out and ostracised..... i feel theres some truth to that because people still treat me very aloof and stand offish.....i get condescended and patronised alot like there telling me they think that ' i dont no who iam ' either that or its this feel sorry for me , i pitty you...your a charity case type approach......which i reject all the time.. i really dont trust people anymore, thats the bbottom line....people have been extremely cruel and very brutal to me.. im very wary....distrustful....quick to misenterpret or become defensive or aggressive....feel under attack from people alot. i have a mental health past.......rage episodes in public.....time in a psyche hospital.( sectioned )......a minor criminal record 8 years ago. i have nothing, no possessions except an old dusty computer....live in a 1 bedroom flat on disability......i own nothing........no carpets on the floor...an old bed etc. i have torn ankle ligaments, due to an injury a year ago...waiting for treatment.....was told it will take quite a long time to heal...have to be careful how i walk or else i can easily go over........i feel like a freakin cripple.. what keeps me going through this darkness, my only goal in life, is to get a good paying computer job.....then to leave england emigrate in the future near the coast because i like the ocean.. what chance do i have at that though at my disadvantages ? , plus when most people seem to rejecting...laughing and ostracising me ? i dont know how to deal with this behaviour and mind games from people except to be aggressive with them and shout them down or out of my presence.. ive took so much from people....i now exist as this vagabond loner, ( not by choice ) - who just wants to go his own way and make his dreams happen.. everynight i sit here in my 1 bedroom flat, hating the existence i live in, knowing its going t take a long time and be very difficult to change... if i knew how, if i had the life skills, or knew what to do...and was sure of where to go......i would leave the uk tommorrow to try for a fresh start.. but for now i feel trapped.....im overweight....so im determined to diet....use my bike , try to get fit.....im balding....have a lived in look on my face...damn but i refuse to give in...i want to achieve those goals - what am i going to do ? ( it was a samaritan man helpline work last night that said those words - that put the idea in my head....' do you think society has a negative perception towards you ' ? he was aloof on the phone with me to and i ended up arguing with him and shouting insults through the phone because he was smug, smarmy and condescending to me.
Can someone put these medical ethic directives in a simpler for for me to undeerstand and discuss? Directives 55. Catholic health care institutions offering care to persons in danger of death from illness, accident, advanced age, or similar condition should provide them with appropriate opportunities to prepare for death. Persons in danger of death should be provided with whatever information is necessary to help them understand their condition and have the opportunity to discuss their condition with their family members and care providers. They should also be offered the appropriate medical information that would make it possible to address the morally legitimate choices available to them. They should be provided the spiritual support as well as the opportunity to receive the sacraments in order to prepare well for death. 56. A person has a moral obligation to use ordinary or proportionate means of preserving his or her life. Proportionate means are those that in the judgment of the patient offer a reasonable hope of benefit and do not entail an excessive burden or impose excessive expense on the family or the community.40 57. A person may forgo extraordinary or disproportionate means of preserving life. Disproportionate means are those that in the patient's judgment do not offer a reasonable hope of benefit or entail an excessive burden, or impose excessive expense on the family or the community.41 58. There should be a presumption in favor of providing nutrition and hydration to all patients, including patients who require medically assisted nutrition and hydration, as long as this is of sufficient benefit to outweigh the burdens involved to the patient. 59. The free and informed judgment made by a competent adult patient concerning the use or withdrawal of life-sustaining procedures should always be respected and normally complied with, unless it is contrary to Catholic moral teaching. 60. Euthanasia is an action or omission that of itself or by intention causes death in order to alleviate suffering. Catholic health care institutions may never condone or participate in euthanasia or assisted suicide in any way. Dying patients who request euthanasia should receive loving care, psychological and spiritual support, and appropriate remedies for pain and other symptoms so that they can live with dignity until the time of natural death.42 61. Patients should be kept as free of pain as possible so that they may die comfortably and with dignity, and in the place where they wish to die. Since a person has the right to prepare for his or her death while fully conscious, he or she should not be deprived of consciousness without a compelling reason. Medicines capable of alleviating or suppressing pain may be given to a dying person, even if this therapy may indirectly shorten the person's life so long as the intent is not to hasten death. Patients experiencing suffering that cannot be alleviated should be helped to appreciate the Christian understanding of redemptive suffering. 62. The determination of death should be made by the physician or competent medical authority in accordance with responsible and commonly accepted scientific criteria. 63. Catholic health care institutions should encourage and provide the means whereby those who wish to do so may arrange for the donation of their organs and bodily tissue, for ethically legitimate purposes, so that they may be used for donation and research after death. 64. Such organs should not be removed until it has been medically determined that the patient has died. In order to prevent any conflict of interest, the physician who determines death should not be a member of the transplant team. 65. use of tissue or organs from an infant may be permitted after death has been determined and with the informed consent of the parents or guardians. 66. Catholic health care institutions should not make use of human tissue obtained by direct abortions even for research and therapeutic purposes
Is anyone attending Argosy's psychology program right now? My goal is to become a mental health counselor, and i've been researching argosy. They have a b.a in psychology and then a m.a in mental health counseling. Right now i'm taking classes at mesa community college, getting my generals out of the way, and debating on whether or not argosy's a good choice to trasfer into. Is there anyone out there that attends argosy right now or has in the past only for their ON CAMPUS (not online) pyschology or counseling program? Thanks!
Masters degree in Community Counseling or Mental Health Counseling? Right now I'm looking at several CACREP accredited graduate programs in counseling. My goal is to get my LPC so that I can open up my own practice as well as work for an agency. I am planning on going to a graduate school in NJ. I'm interested in working with teenagers, women, couples, helping those with mental health issues,eating disorders, behavioral issues,career choice, just to name a few. My question is, which degree would I be better off pursuing? Community Counseling or Mental Health Counseling? Which is more marketable? Please do not tell me about MSW's. You don't need to be a social worker to understand the system, how it works, and how it affects the individual. There are a lot of good reasons why I should pursue an MSW but I would only be following a trend and not my passion.
How Should Deal With Stress and Anxiety ? Stress is life. Stress is anything that causes mental, physical, or spiritual tension. There is no running away from it. All that matters is how you deal with it. This article does not deal with the factors of stress, anxiety, and depression, nor is it a clinical advice. If you feel depressed, you are not alone. It has been estimated that 75 to 90 percent of all visits to primary care physicians in America are for stress-related problems. This is why it is wise to consult a doctor if you are having physical symptoms of stress. However, here are some tips that can help from a spiritual perspective. Torture. Beatings. Loss of property. The death of loved ones. These were just some of the enormous challenges the Muslims of Makkah faced in the seventh century following their acceptance of Islam in fiercely tribal and polytheistic Makkah. Detention. Harassment. Beatings. Discrimination. Loss of Job. Profiling. Hate Crimes. Constant media attention. Surveillance. These are just some of the challenges Muslims in America today face, post-9/11. Like our predecessors in Makkah, we have begun to face great stress, anxiety, and pressure, more than ever in our recent history on this continent, although Muslims who were brought here as slaves faced worse than what we can even imagine. 1. Ask Him. He Listens: DU`A Turn each anxiety, each fear and each concern into a Dua (supplication). Look at it as another reason to submit to God and be in Sajdah (prostration), during which you are closest to Allah. God listens and already knows what is in your heart, but He wants you to ask Him for what you want. The Prophet said: Allah is angry with those who do not ask Him for anything (Tirmidhi). The Prophet once said that in prayer, he would find rest and relief (Nasai). He would also regularly ask for God's forgiveness and remain in prostration during prayer praising God (Tasbeeh) and asking for His forgiveness (Bukhari). Allah wants you to be specific. The Prophet advised us to ask Allah for exactly what we want instead of making vague Duas. Dua is the essence of worship (the Prophet as quoted in Tirmidhi). "Call on your Lord with humility and in private: for Allah loveth not those who trespass beyond bounds. Do not make mischief on the earth, after it hath been set in order, but call on Him with fear. And longing (in your hearts): for the mercy of Allah is (always) near to those who do good" (Quran 7:55-56). 2. Tie your Camel: DO YOUR PART One day Prophet Muhammad, peace and blessings be upon him, noticed a Bedouin leaving his camel without tying it. He asked the Bedouin, "Why don't you tie down your camel?" The Bedouin answered, "I put my trust in Allah." The Prophet then said, "Tie your camel first, then put your trust in Allah" (Tirmidhi). Muslims must never become fatalistic. Although we know only Allah is in control and that He has decreed all things, we are each responsible for making the right choices and doing the right thing in all situations of our lives. We must take action (link to planning articles on SV). We must work to alleviate the hardships we, our families and our communities face. Ask yourself the following questions if you are worried about the state of the world: are you part of the peace movement? Is your Masjid part of the peace movement? Are you part of an interfaith group with an agenda of peace and justice? Are you working with a group fighting discrimination? If your answer is no, it is time that you sat down to plan your share of time and money in finding solutions to the problems you face. "Verily Allah does not change men's condition unless they change their inner selves" (Quran 13: 11). Turn each worry into a Du`a and each Du`a into an action plan. That will show your commitment to your request and will focus your energy in the right direction. 3. Remember that human responsibility is limited While we need to carry out our duty to the best of our abilities, always remember that you don't control the outcome of events. Even the Prophets did not control the outcome of their efforts. Some were successful, others were not. Once you have done your duty, leave the results to Allah. Regardless of the results of your efforts, you will be rewarded for the part you have played. However, never underestimate your abilities. Understand the concept of Barakah (blessings from Allah) and remember that Allah can and Insha Allah will expand them if you are sincerely exerting your energies for the right path. 4. Leave the world behind you FIVE TIMES A DAY Use the five daily prayers as a means to become more Hereafter-oriented and less attached to this temporary world. Start distancing yourself as soon as you hear Adhan, the call to prayer. When you perform Wudu, keep repeating Shahada, the declaration of faith, as water drops slip down your face, hands, arms, and hair. When you stand ready to pray, mentally prepare yourself to leave this world and all of its worries and stresses behind you. Of course, Shaytan will try to distract you during prayer. But whenever this happens, go back and remember Allah. The more you return, the more Allah will reward you for it. Also, make sure your Sajdas (prostrations) are talking Sajdas, in which you are really connecting to God and seeking His Mercy, praising Him, and asking His forgiveness. (link to Sajda article...ramadan page) 5. Seek help through SABR Seek help through Sabr and Salat (Quran 2:45). This instruction from Allah provides us with two critical tools that can ease our worries and pain. Patience and prayer are two oft-neglected stressbusters. Sabr is often translated as patience but it is not just that. It includes self-control, perseverance, endurance, and a focused struggle to achieve one's goal. Unlike patience, which implies resignation, the concept of Sabr includes a duty to remain steadfast to achieve your goals despite all odds. Being patient gives us control in situations where we feel we have little or no control. 'We cannot control what happens to us but we can control our reaction to our circumstances' is the mantra of many modern-day self-help books. Patience helps us keep our mind and attitude towards our difficulties in check. 6. Excuse Me! You are Not Running the World, HE is. It is important to remind ourselves that we don't control all the variables in the world. God does. He is the Wise, the All-Knowing. Sometimes our limited human faculties are not able to comprehend His wisdom behind what happens to us and to others, but knowing that He is in control and that as human beings we submit to His Will, enriches our humanity and enhances our obedience (Uboodiah in Arabic) towards him. Read the story of the encounter of Moses with the mysteries behind God's decision (Quran: 18:60-82). Familiarize yourself with God's 99 Names, which are also known as His Attributes. It is a powerful way of knowing Him. "God-there is no deity save Him, the Ever-Living, the Self-Subsistent Fount of All being. Neither slumber overtakes Him, nor sleep. His is all that is in the heavens and all that is on earth. Who is there that could intercede with Him, unless it be by His leave? He knows all that lies open before men and all that is hidden from them, whereas they cannot attain to aught of His knowledge save that which He wills them to attain. His eternal power overspreads the heavens and the earth, and their upholding wearies Him not. And He alone is truly exalted, tremendous." (Quran 2:255). The Prophet recommended reading this verse, known as Ayat al kursi, after each prayer, Allah's peace and blessings be upon him. Once Ali, may Allah be pleased with him, approached the Prophet during a difficult time and he found the Prophet in Sajda, where he kept repeating "Ya Hayy Ya Qayyum", words which are part of this verse. 7. Birds Don't Carry their Food Allah is al Razzaq (the Provider). "How many are the creatures that carry not their own sustenance? It is Allah Who feeds them and you, for He hears and knows all things (Quran 29:60)." By reminding yourself that He is the Provider, you will remember that getting a job or providing for your family in these economically and politically challenging times, when Muslims are often the last to be hired and the first to be fired, is in God's Hands, not yours. As Allah says in the Quran: "And He provides for him from (sources) he never could imagine. And if anyone puts his trust in Allah, sufficient is (Allah) for him. For Allah will surely accomplish His purpose. Verily, for all things has Allah appointed a due proportion (Quran 65:3). 8. God controls Life and Death If you fear for your physical safety and security, remember that only Allah gives life and takes it back and, that He has appointed the time for it. No one can harm you except if Allah wills. As He says in the Quran: "Wherever you are, death will find you out, even if you are in towers built up strong and high!" (Quran 4:78). 9. Remember that life is short It's easy to get caught up in our own stress and anxiety. However, if we remember that our life is short and temporary, and that the everlasting life is in the Hereafter, this will put our worries in perspective. This belief in the transitory nature of the life of this world reminds us that whatever difficulties, trials, anxieties, and grief we suffer in this world are, Insha Allah, something we will only experience for a short period of time. And more importantly, if we handle these tests with patience, Allah will reward us for it. 10. Do Zikr, Allah, Allah! "... without doubt in the remembrance (Zikr) of Allah do hearts find tranquility" (Quran 13:28). If you commute, use your time in Zikr. Pick any Tasbeeh and do that instead of listening to the radio or reading the newspaper. Maybe you can divide it up between Zikr and planning. Personally, I recite the Tasbeeh of "Subhana Allahe wa be hamdihi, subhan Allahil Azeem" 100 times as I drive. The Prophet taught us these two short phrases which are easy to say but will weigh heavy on our scale of good deeds in the Hereafter. When your heart feels heavy with stress or grief, remember Allah and surround yourself with His Zikr. Zikr refers to all forms of the remembrance of Allah, including Salat, Tasbeeh, Tahmeed, Tahleel, making supplication (Dua), and reading Quran. "And your Lord says: 'Call on Me; I will answer your (prayer)..." (Quran 40:60) By remembering Allah in the way He has taught us to, we are more likely to gain acceptance of our prayers and His Mercy in times of difficulty. We are communicating with the only One Who not only Hears and Knows all, but Who can change our situation and give us the patience to deal with our difficulties. "Remember Me, and I shall remember you; be grateful to Me, and deny Me not" (Quran 2:152). 11. Relying on Allah: Tawakkul When you awaken in the morning, thank Allah for giving you life after that short death called sleep. When you step out of your home, say 'in Your Name Allah, I put my trust in Allah, and there is no power or force except with Allah' (Bismillahi Tawakal to al Allah wa la hawla wa la quwwata illa billah). At night, remember Allah, with His praises on your lips. Once you have established a plan you intend to follow through on to deal with a specific issue or problem in your life, put your trust in the most Wise and the All-Knowing. "When you have taken a decision, put your trust in Allah" (Quran 3: 159). Rely on Allah by constantly remembering Him throughout your day. When you lay down to sleep, remember that sleep is death. That is why one of the recommended supplications before going to sleep is "with Your (Allah's) Name I die and become alive". 12. Connect with other human beings You are not alone. Muslims are not alone. We are not suffering in silence. There are millions of good people who are not Muslim with beautiful hearts and minds. These are people who have supported us, individually and collectively, post-9/11, by checking up on us and making sure we are safe. These are individuals and organizations who have spoken up in defense of Muslims as we endured harassment and discrimination. We must think of them, talk to them, connect with them, and pray for them. Through our connections, we will break the chain of isolation that leads to depression and anxiety. 13. Compare your dining table with that of those who don't have as much as you do The Prophet said: Whenever you see someone better than you in wealth, face or figure, you should look at someone who is inferior to you in these respects (so that you may thank Allah for His blessings) (Bukhari, Muslim). Next time you sit down to eat, eye the table carefully. Check out the selection of food, the quality, the taste, the quantity, and then think of the millions of others who don't have even half as much. The Prophet's Hadith reminds us of this so that we can appreciate and thank God for all that we have. Also remember that the Prophet only encouraged us to compare ourselves to others in two respects: in our Islamic knowledge and level of belief in God (Deen). In these two areas, we should compare ourselves with those who have more than what we do. 14. Say it Loud: Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar: Takbirat & Adhan Find a corner of a lake, go out in the wilderness, or even stand on your lawn at your home and call the Adhan with your heart. While driving, instead of listening to the same news over and over again, say Allahu Akbar as loudly as you can or as softly as you want, based on your mood. Year ago, I remember calling Adhan on a Lake Michigan shore in Chicago after sunset as the water gushed against my knees. I was calling it for myself. There was no one else accept the waves after waves of water with their symphony. It was relaxing and meaningful. Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar. 15. Pray in congregation (Jamat) Pray with other people instead of alone. If you can't pray all five prayers in congregation, at least find one or two prayers you can pray with others. If you are away, establish Jamat in your own family. During the Prophet's time, even though the Muslims endured great persecution, including physical beatings, they would sometimes meet on the side of a mountain or valley and tried to pray together. This is a great morale booster. 16. How is your Imam's Dua? Does the Imam at your local mosque make Dua silently or out loud? Ask him to supplicate with the whole congregation. Suggest Duas for him to make. Ask him to make Dua for other people. 17. Work for the Unity of Muslims Bringing Muslims together will not only help the Muslims, but it will also encourage you to focus your energies on something constructive versus zeroing in on and consistently fretting about difficulties you are going through. Invite Muslims from other ethnic groups to your functions. Visit Masjids other than yours in your city. When you meet a Muslim leader, after thanking him for his efforts, ask him what he is doing for Muslim unity. Ask Imams to make Dua for this. These are just small ways you can help yourself and the Muslim community. 18. Sleep the way the Prophet slept End your day on a positive note. Make Wudu, then think of your day. Thank Allah for all the good things you accomplished, like Zikr and Salat. Ask yourself what you did today to bring humanity together and what you did to help Muslims become servants of humanity. For everything positive, say Alhamdu lillah (Praise be to Allah). For everything negative say Astaghfirullah wa atoobo ilayk (I seek Allah's forgiveness and I turn to You [Allah]). Recite the last two chapters of the Quran, thinking and praying as you turn on your right side with your hand below your right cheek, the way the Prophet used to sleep. Then close your day with the name of Allah on your tongue. Insha Allah, you will have a good, restful night. 19. Begin the Day on a Positive Note Get up early. Get up thanking God that He has given you another day. Alhamdu lillahil lazi ahyana bada ma amatana, wa ilaihin Nushoor (Praise be to Allah Who gave us life after death and unto Him will be the return). Invest in an audio tape driven alarm clock so you can get up to the melody of the Quran. Or Let Dawud Wharnsby's joyful notes put you in a good mood. Sing along if you like. Develop your to do list for the day if you didn't do it the night before. Begin with the name of Allah, with Whose name nothing in the heavens or the earth can hurt you. He is the Highest and the Greatest. (Bismillahillazi la yazurru maa ismihi shaiun fil arze wa la fis samae, wahuwal Alee ul Azeem).The Prophet used to say this after every Fajr and Maghrib prayers. 20. Avoid Media Overexposure: Switch from News to Books Don't spend too much time checking out the news on the radio, television or internet. Spend more time reading good books and journals. When you listen to the persistent barrage of bad news, especially relating to Muslims nowadays, you feel not only depressed, but powerless. Cut down media time to reduce your stress and anxiety. It's important to know what's going on but not to an extent that it ruins your day or your mood. (similarly, when you are in a sad mood, refrain from wallowing and listening to sad songs) 21. Pray for Others to Heal Yourself. The Prophet was always concerned about other people, Muslims and non-Muslims, and would regularly pray for them. Praying for others connects you with them and helps you understand their suffering. This in itself has a healing component to it. The Prophet has said that praying for someone who is not present increases love. 22. Make the Quran your Partner Reading and listening to the Quran will help refresh our hearts and our minds. Recite it out loud or in a low voice. Listen to it in the car. When you are praying Nafl or extra prayers, pick it up and use it to recite portions of the Quran you are not as familiar with. Connecting to the Quran means connecting to God. Let it be a means to heal your heart of stress and worries. Invest in different recordings of the Quran and their translations. "O humanity! There has come to you a direction from your Lord and a cure for all [the ills] in men's hearts - and for those who believe, a Guidance and a Mercy" (Quran 10:57). 23. Be thankful to Allah "If you are grateful, I will give you more" (Quran 14:7). Counting our blessings helps us not only be grateful for what we have, but it also reminds us that we are so much better off than millions of others, whether that is in terms of our health, family, financial situation, or other aspects of our life. And being grateful for all we have helps us maintain a positive attitude in the face of worries and challenges we are facing almost daily. 24. Ideals: ONE STEP AT A TIME Ideals are wonderful things to pursue. But do that gradually. Think, prioritize, plan, and move forward. One step at a time. 25. EFFORTS not Results Count in the Eyes of Allah Our success depends on our sincere efforts to the best of our abilities. It is the mercy of Allah that He does not demand results, Alhamdu lillah. He is happy if He finds us making our best sincere effort. Thank you Allah! http://www.imanway.com/en/page.htm
Obama to require community service in middle school and high school? ? It is starting God Help the US of A America Serves "When you choose to serve -- whether it's your nation, your community or simply your neighborhood -- you are connected to that fundamental American ideal that we want life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness not just for ourselves, but for all Americans. That's why it's called the American dream." The Obama Administration will call on Americans to serve in order to meet the nation’s challenges. President-Elect Obama will expand national service programs like AmeriCorps and Peace Corps and will create a new Classroom Corps to help teachers in underserved schools, as well as a new Health Corps, Clean Energy Corps, and Veterans Corps. THIS IS NOT A CHOICE TRYING TO HIDE IT UNDER THE QUOTE Obama will call on citizens of all ages to serve America, by developing a plan to require 50 hours of community service in middle school and high school and 100 hours of community service in college every year. Obama will encourage retiring Americans to serve by improving programs available for individuals over age 55, while at the same time promoting youth programs such as Youth Build and Head Start. http://answers.yahoo.com/question/index;_ylt=AqSWDC.7u_AJv5Lou6MftCXsy6IX;_ylv=3?qid=20081107075458AAKg8ZD
Why is Health care reform linked to communism in the US ? I've been watching this debate about the health care overhaul since the very beginning; and what I seem to perceive is that people are relating mistakingly this reform to a sort of communism.Meaning giving insurance coverage to everybody based on the notion of community asset, a necessity that is everybody's need. First I believe all american have the right to live healthy. Since nobody is exempt to become sick one day or the other, then people should be free without a worry in mind to see a doctor whenever their health seems in peril. The way business is conducted today in a medical field, bothers if not threatens people's lives. Why ? because seeing a doctor with or without health insurance always leaves bitterness of debt that sometimes leads people to bankruptcy. that's one fact. The other is more often you see a doctor for legitimate health reasons, more you can expect your insurance to go up. Now, one can't pretend to live in freedom when constantly one trades one's life or health for debts. That's not freedom, that's slavery because your daily living would become working to pay debts. Yet the constitution talks about promoting the general welfare, how come the US reaches that purpose while members of congress and others who supposedly serve the people have the best health insurance and the poorest get to worry about their treatment? it's unfair thus for Justice reasons this need to be fixed, because power doesn't give you the right to ignore others who have elected you at that level. One judges a leader by his capacity and approach to solve his people issues. And I believe health care is one, because everything we do in life are conditioned by our health status. Health is not one of those commercial goods, because trading health is trading life. However I understand that people trying to make money over others people miseries, or misfortunes but that pursuit of profit should not leave people with the choice to die for whatever cost requires their disease treatment that they can't afford. and we all know that losing people is not profitable. So we all should be paying for that health care as a society unit concern.why a taxpayer should be paying the congressman health care while he can't afford his own ?
Health and Human Services Scenario? You are a case manager in a dialysis center. In your position, you enroll and work with clients to help them obtain health care benefits that will pay for hemodialysis.* You also arrange for transportation to and from the center and assess the clients’ additional social needs. Because dialysis centers are costly to build and run, many communities do not have dialysis centers. Hemodialysis is performed two or three times a week and can also be costly to clients due to transportation costs. Some people have no choice but to travel a long distance for treatment. Medicare, Medicaid, and other third party payers reimburse dialysis centers for treating patients. However, the reimbursement amount does not always cover the center’s costs and some people do not receive any insurance coverage. To remain profitable, the dialysis center where you work has decided to accept only patients whose insurance coverage pays at least 90% of its costs. The dialysis center is located in a rural county 200 miles from the city. You are now put in the position of informing current and future clients that they cannot receive dialysis at this center unless they can cover 90% of the costs, either out of pocket or with insurance. o As the case manager, what ethical issues would you deal with in this situation? o How can you advocate for your clients’ needs while upholding the dialysis center’s policy? o Under what circumstances would it be appropriate or necessary for a health or human services organization to make an economic decision that may contradict its code of ethics?
Please tell me if I correctly understand the Republican philosophy concerning "for profit" health care? Please consider this real life situation and explain not only the ideological but the moral aspects of your defense of our current health system. Please note that this question has nothing to do with people getting "free" or "government" health care at your expense but with the structure of the "free market" health care system and it's implications for ordinary Americans. My father owned a small printing company in Alabama, employing about 25 people and most of the equipment was paid for as well as the building.This has been a family business, the American dream, since 1923. My father's health began to fail a while back and his doctor advised that he retire from the business which he did. My brother agreed to move to Alabama and run the company. My brother had an individual Blue Cross policy in the state of Georgia where he was living before the move to run Dad's company. My brother had had cancer some time back but was in remission and felt good about his health and the move. But, of course, as soon as he changed his address from a Georgia address to the Alabama address, Blue Cross cancelled him. No problem. He just called Blue Cross in Alabama to purchase coverage but was told that Blue Cross is incorporated in such a way that their policies are not transferable across state lines. They gave him the choice of purchasing another policy or adding him to the group at the printing company but either way, they were calling the cancer a pre-existing condtion and imposed a one year waiting period. Unfortuately, Dad had transferred his stock in the printing company to my brother in case dad passed away and this would avoid probate and other legal problems. We thought, But then the real trouble started. Before the one year waiting period that Blue Cross imposed, my brother's cancer returned with a vengence, hospitalizing him and requiring extensive and expensive treatment. The doctor and hospital bills soon ran into multiple hundreds of thousands of dollars, overwhelming his ability to pay. His medications alone were costing over $3,000.00 per month. Dad pleaded with me to come back and run the company since neither he or my brother could. I did but it was too late. Since Dad had transferred his majority stock to brother, the doctors and hospital sued and obtained judgements against my brother, seizing the company stock and laying claim to the printing presses, the building and the company's operating capital. I watched in horror as my family's business which was founded in 1923 was auctioned off for pennies on the dollar to partially satisfy a debt to some doctor's and a hospital. Had the law suits that destroyed the business been due to negligence on the company's part such as an uninsured delivery van, then we would have deserved this. But this was a case where we tried to purchase insurance for my brother and could not do so due to an insurance company's clever lawyers preventing us from transferring coverage. And then the doctors, hoospitals and drug companies charging so much they almost no one could pay. This is but one serious issue with our health care system that plagues those of us who try to live the American dream of an "ownership" society, pay our own way and create jobs for others and to benefit our community. I would appreciate if some of you "conservatives" can explain to me how and why we should allow our health care system to continue to operate in such an insane and immoral manner and destroy the lives and fortunes of people who have tried to do nothing more than to play by the rules and to contribute to our community. PS My family moved to this country from Europe in the early 1900's to persue the American dream and find freedom from social and economic injustice.
Have you heard about this yet? What do you think of it? For Immediate release: July 21, 2009 For information contact: Bruce Darling 585-370-6690 Marsha Katz 406-544-9504 Disability Rights Activists Nationwide Confront Democrats On Institutional Bias Washington, D.C.---Demanding an end to the institutional bias in the nation's health care policy, ADAPT, the nation's largest cross-disability, grassroots disability rights organization, took their fight to the headquarters of the Democratic National Committee (DNC) in Washington, DC, with 24 simultaneous protests at Democratic offices across the country, and at Senator Max Baucus' office in Missoula, MT. ADAPT is calling for Congress to eliminate the Medicaid institutional bias in 2009 - either in health care reform or as separate legislation, specifically the Community Choice Act (CCA). CCA (S683/HR1670) allows people to choose to stay at home to receive long-term services and supports instead of being forced into nursing homes and institutions because that's what the law will currently pay for. The protesters are additionally demanding that the Democrats apologize for the loss of freedom suffered by countless Americans that resulted when a Democratically-controlled Congress created the institutional bias over 40 years ago; and that the DNC facilitate an immediate meeting between ADAPT and Senator Max Baucus, Chair of the Senate Finance Committee; Representative Henry Waxman, Chair of the House Committee on Energy and Commerce; and Valerie Jarrett, Senior Advisor and Assistant to the President for Intergovernmental Affairs and Public Liaison, to develop a plan to pass the Community Choice Act and eliminate the institutional bias in 2009. "For 44 years, Medicaid's institutional bias has stolen the lives of Americans with disabilities and older Americans," said Mike Oxford, ADAPT organizer from Topeka, KS. It has deprived them of their most basic freedoms. The Democrats were in power when that bias was legislated. Now it's time for them to apologize, and most importantly, it's time for them to take action and fix it." ADAPT's action nationwide comes in part as a response to a video released last week by the Democratic National Committee. The video tells Americans "It's time" for health care reform, and urges them to call their Senators. Picking up on that theme, ADAPT released its own video this week telling the Democrats "It's time" to eliminate the institutional bias and pass the Community Choice Act. See www.adapt.org/takeaction. "The Democrats say they want health care reform to focus on covering more people and saving money," said Cassie James, ADAPT organizer from Philadelphia, "yet they refuse to change the current law that mandates people receive long term care in the most expensive setting rather than less expensively at home where they would rather be. In addition, the current law forces states to go through complicated procedures just to let a few people stay at home and get assistance there." Many states have no home and community-based services, or they may provide limited services with waiting lists that keep people stuck for years in institutions and nursing facilities before they have any chance of getting services. It is not uncommon for people to wait so long that they die before their name reaches the top of the waiting list. In an unprecedented show of unity this year, disability and aging groups across the country have demanded that healthcare reform be the vehicle to change federal policy which favors paying for institutions over community based services. They have repeatedly asked Congress and the President to pass the Community Choice Act, but currently, NO proposal in the health care reform package eliminates the institutional bias in Medicaid. "The Democrats have historically supported the Community Choice Act every time it has been introduced in Congress," said Dawn Russell, an ADAPT organizer from Denver, CO. "Many in the disability community were optimistic that the Democrats would finally pass CCA and eliminate the institutional bias, but the Democratic leadership in Washington is doing absolutely nothing. It seems as though the Democrats are so concerned with political maneuvering that they have completely forgotten about the people they represent who have no voice in Washington." "ADAPT is concerned about people who right now are stuck in nursing facilities and other institutions. We are concerned about people on Medicaid who will continue to be forced into those places if the law isn't changed. And if the Democratic leadership won't speak up for them, then I will," added Russell. And what are people supposed to do that have never/cannot work? Or people like me that work full-time, but have no benefits and because of my disabilities cannot get health insurance that costs less than 50% of my income if at all? Should I stop working so I can get Medicare? (It's tempting!) FYI - I have 3 graduate degrees and 2 undergrduate degrees and work 1/2 time for 1 govt agency and 1/2 for a nonprofit - neither offer health insurance to part-timers. And because they both are in disability advocacy- neither pay well.
the actual heathcare bill in summary, what are your thoughts? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill – THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Health card will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your banks accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example – Translation: illegal aliens. Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & AmeriCorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members – your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid.. No choice. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No “judicial review” against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association – The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (Salary) Page 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payrolls. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business’s with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn’t provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn’t have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: “The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax” Yes, it says that! Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors, low income and poor are affected. Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn’t matter what specialty you have, you’ll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor’s time, profession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: Federal Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS – Cancer patients – welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy – Tele-health Advisory Committee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 427 Lines 15-24: Govt mandates program for orders for end of life. The Govt has a say in how your life ends. Page 429 Lines 1-9: An “advanced care planning consultant” will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: “advanced care consultation” may include an ORDER my thoughts is that i have read the bill, i will get over my bais, if someone can show me anything to the contrary of what i have said. my thoughts are that you are a sheep and will not get over your bias, as proved by your absolutely sheepish close minded post.
summary of the heathcare bill, any thoughs? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill – THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Health card will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your banks accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example – Translation: illegal aliens. Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & AmeriCorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members – your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid.. No choice. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No “judicial review” against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association – The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (Salary) Page 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payrolls. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business’s with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn’t provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn’t have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: “The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax” Yes, it says that! Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors, low income and poor are affected. Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn’t matter what specialty you have, you’ll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor’s time, profession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: Federal Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS – Cancer patients – welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy – Tele-health Advisory Committee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 427 Lines 15-24: Govt mandates program for orders for end of life. The Govt has a say in how your life ends. Page 429 Lines 1-9: An “advanced care planning consultant” will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: “advanced care consultation” may include an ORDER no.... i got it from the bill, something you obviously have not read, i have no respect for people like you who say that the death panels are fake but they dont even read the fricken thing
Is this the healthcare reform you libs want? Peter Fleckstein (aka Fleckman) is reading it and has been posting on Twitter his findings. This is from his postings (Note: All comments are Fleckman's) Pg 22 of the HC Bill MANDATES the Govt will audit books of ALL EMPLOYERS that self insure!! Pg 30 Sec 123 of HC bill - THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benes u get Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill - YOUR HEALTHCARE IS RATIONED!!! Pg 42 of HC Bill - The Health Choices Commissioner will choose UR HC Benefits 4 you. YOU have no choice! PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill - HC will be provided 2 ALL non-US citizens, illegal or otherwise Pg 58HC Bill - Govt will have real-time access 2 individuals finances & a National ID Health card will be issued! Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Govt will have direct access 2 your banks accounts 4 elect. funds transfer PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan 4 retirees and their families in Unions & community orgs (ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Govt is creating an HC Exchange 2 bring priv HC plans under Govt control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill - Govt mandates ALL benefit pkgs 4 priv. HC plans in the Exchange PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specs for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration ur Healthcare! PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill - Govt mandates linguistic approp svcs. Example - Translation 4 illegal aliens Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps 2 sign up indiv. for Govt HC plan PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specs of Ben Levels 4 Plans. #AARP members - U Health care WILL b rationed PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill - Medicaid Eligible Indiv. will b automat.enrolled in Medicaid. No choice pg 124 lines 24-25 HC No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monop pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill - Doctors/ #AMA - The Govt will tell YOU what u can make. Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into pub opt plan. NO CHOICE Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay 4 HC 4 part time employees AND their families. Pg 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Emplyr w payroll 400k & above who does not prov. pub opt. pays 8% tax on all payroll pg 150 Lines 9-13 Biz w payroll btw 251k & 400k who doesnt prov. pub. opt pays 2-6% tax on all payroll Pg 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesnt have acceptable HC accrdng 2 Govt will be taxed 2.5% of inc Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from indiv. taxes. (Americans will pay) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access 2 ALL Americans finan/pers recs PG 203 Line 14-15 HC - "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Govt will reduce physician svcs 4 Medicaid. Seniors, low income, poor affected Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill - Doctors, doesnt matter what specialty u have, you'll all be paid the same PG 253 Line 10-18 Govt sets value of Dr's time, prof judg, etc. Literally value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries PG 268 Sec 1141 Fed Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs PG 272 SEC. 1145. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151 The Govt will penalize hospitals 4 what Govt deems preventable readmissions. Pg 298 Lines 9-11 Drs, treat a patient during initial admiss that results in a readmiss-Govt will penalize u. Pg 317 L 13-20 OMG!! PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Drs. what/how much they can own. Pg 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand pg 321 2-13 Hospitals have oppt to apply for exception BUT community input required. Can u say ACORN?!! Pg335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339 - Govt mandates estab. of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing Pg 341 Lines 3-9 Govt has authority 2 disqual Medicare Adv Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing peeps in2 Govt plan Pg 354 Sec 1177 - Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs ppl! WTF. My sis has down syndrome!! Pg 379 Sec 1191 Govt creates more bureaucracy - Telehealth Advisory Cmtte. Can u say HC by phone? PG 425 Lines 4-12 Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life Pg 425 Lines 17-19 Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of atty. Mandatory! PG 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3 Govt provides apprvd list of end of life resources, guiding u in death PG 427 Lines 15-24 Govt mandates program 4 orders 4 end of life. The Govt has a say in how ur life ends
Obama Healthcare bill 3200. Have you read the actual lines in it that talk about the elderly? Page 29 lines 4-16 - Your Health Care is RATIONED. lines 4-12 (A) ANNUAL LIMITATION.——The applicable level specified in this subparagraph for Y1 is $5,000 for an individual and $10,000 for a family. Page 30 Section 123 - There will be a Government COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 42 - The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your Health Care Benefits for you. (You have no choice.) Page 425 Lines 4-12 - Government mandates Advance Care Planning Consults. Think Senior Citizens end of life. Page 425 Lines 17-19 - Government will instruct and consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. (Mandatory!) Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3 - Government provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. Page 427 Lines 15-24 - Government mandates program for orders for end of life. (The Government has a say in how your life ends.) Page 429 Lines 1-9 - An "Advanced Care Planning Consultant" will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12 - "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. (AN ORDER from Government!) Page 429 Lines 13-25 - The Government will specify which Doctors can write an end of life order. Page 430 Lines 11-15 - The Government will decide what level of treatment you will have at end of life. Page 469 - Community Based Home Medical Services = (Non profit organizations. ACORN Medical Services?) Page 472 Lines 14-17 – Payment to community-based organizations; (1 monthly payment to a community-based organization like ACORN.) line 21 should read: Page 29 lines 4-16 -. lines 4-12 (A) ANNUAL LIMITATION.—The cost-sharing incurred under the essential benefits package with respect to an individual (or family) for a year does not exceed the applicable level specified in subparagraph (B). (B) APPLICABLE LEVEL.—The applicable level specified in this subparagraph for Y1 is $5,000 for an individual and $10,000 for a family
Is Obamacare dead, if so where does Obama go from here? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your banks accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example - Translation: illegal aliens. Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (salary) age 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payroll. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business's with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn't provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that! Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors, low income and poor are affected. Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor's time, proffession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: Federal Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy - Tele-health Advisory Comittee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 427 Lines 15-24: Govt mandates program for orders for end of life. The Govt has a say in how your life ends. Page 429 Lines 1-9: An "advanced care planning consultant" will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from GOVT! Page 429 Lines 13-25: The govt will s
Can anyone dispute these Obamacare facts which nancy Pelosi put in H.R.3200? Page 22 of the HC Bill: Mandates that the Govt will audit books of all employers that self insure!! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill: THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get. Page 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill: YOUR HEALTH CARE IS RATIONED!!! Page 42 of HC Bill: The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have direct access to your banks accounts for elective funds transfer. Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 84 Sec 203 HC bill: Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private HC plans in the Exchange. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill: Govt mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example - Translation: illegal aliens. Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill: Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (salary) age 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payroll. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business's with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn't provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that! Page 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill: Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid Seniors, low income and poor are affected. Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor's time, proffession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 268 Sec 1141: Federal Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy - Tele-health Advisory Comittee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 427 Lines 15-24: Govt mandates program for orders for end of life. The Govt has a say in how your life ends. Page 429 Lines 1-9: An "advanced care planning consultant" will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from GOVT! Page 429 Lines 13-25: The govt will s
So Have You Seen And Do You Agree With These Provisions in the Obamacare Bill? FULL BILL AT http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=111_cong_bills&docid=f:h3200ih.pdf Pg 22 of the HC Bill MANDATES the Govt will audit books of ALL EMPLOYERS that self insure!! Pg 30 Sec 123 of HC bill - THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benes u get Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill - YOUR HEALTHCARE IS RATIONED!!! Pg 42 of HC Bill - The Health Choices Commissioner will choose UR HC Benefits 4 you. U have no choice! PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill - HC will be provided 2 ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Pg 58HC Bill - Govt will have real-time access 2 individuals' finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Govt will have direct access 2 ur banks accts 4 elect. funds transfer PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan 4 retirees and their families in Unions & community orgs (ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Govt is creating an HC Exchange 2 bring priv HC plans under Govt control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill - Govt mandates ALL benefit pkgs 4 priv. HC plans in the Exchange PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specs for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration ur Healthcare! PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill - Govt mandates linguistic approp svcs. Example - Translation 4 illegal aliens Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps 2 sign up indiv. for Govt HC plan PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill - Specs of Ben Levels 4 Plans. #AARP members - U Health care WILL b rationed -PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill - Medicaid Eligible Indiv. will b automat.enrolled in Medicaid. No choice pg 124 lines 24-25 HC No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monop pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill - Doctors/ #AMA - The Govt will tell YOU what u can make. Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into pub opt plan. NO CHOICE Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay 4 HC 4 part time employees AND their families. Pg 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Emplyr w payroll 400k & above who does not prov. pub opt. pays 8% tax on all payroll pg 150 Lines 9-13 Biz w payroll btw 251k & 400k who doesnt prov. pub. opt pays 2-6% tax on all payroll Pg 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesnt have acceptable HC accrdng 2 Govt will be taxed 2.5% of inc Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from indiv. taxes. (Americans will pay) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access 2 ALL Americans finan/pers recs PG 203 Line 14-15 HC - "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Govt will reduce physician svcs 4 Medicaid. Seniors, low income, poor affected Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill - Doctors, doesnt matter what specialty u have, you'll all be paid the same PG 253 Line 10-18 Govt sets value of Dr's time, prof judg, etc. Literally value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries PG 268 Sec 1141 Fed Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs PG 272 SEC. 1145. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151 The Govt will penalize hospitals 4 what Govt deems preventable readmissions. Pg 298 Lines 9-11 Drs, treat a patient during initial admiss that results in a readmiss-Govt will penalize u. Pg 317 L 13-20 OMG!! PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Drs. what/how much they can own. Pg 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand pg 321 2-13 Hospitals have oppt to apply for exception BUT community input required. Can u say ACORN?!! Pg335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339 - Govt mandates estab. of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing Pg 341 Lines 3-9 Govt has authority 2 disqual Medicare Adv Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing peeps in2 Govt plan Pg 354 Sec 1177 - Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs ppl! WTF. My sis has down syndrome!! Pg 379 Sec 1191 Govt creates more bureaucracy - Telehealth Advisory Cmtte. Can u say HC by phone? PG 425 Lines 4-12 Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life Pg 425 Lines 17-19 Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of atty. Mandatory! PG 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3 Govt provides apprvd list of end of life resources, guiding u in death PG 427 Lines 15-24 Govt mandates program 4 orders 4 end of life. The Govt has a say in how ur life ends Pg 429 Lines 1-9 An "adv. care planning consult" will b used frequently as patients health deteriorates PG 429 Lines 10-12 "adv. care consultation" may incl an ORDER 4 end of life plans. AN ORDER from GOV Pg 429 Lines 13-25 - The govt will specify which Doctors can write an end of life order. PG 430 Lines 11-15 The Govt will decide what level of treatment u will have at end of life Pg 469 - Community Based Home Med Forget more: Dont trust it, you are free to read the bill yourself! Enjoy.
Do you agree with these? here are a few notes from the proposed health care bill-how do you feel about them? Page 30: A government committee will decide what treatments and > benefits you get (and, unlike an insurer, there will be no appeals > process) > . Page 42: The "Health Choices Commissioner" will decide health > benefits for you. You will have no choice. None. > . Page 50: All non-US citizens, illegal or not, will be provided with > free healthcare services. > . Page 58: Every person will be issued a National ID Health card. > . Page 59: The federal government will have direct, real-time access > to all individual bank accounts for electronic funds transfer. Page 170: Any NON-RESIDENT alien is exempt from individual taxes > (Americans will pay for them). > . Page 195: Officers and employees of Government Healthcare > Bureaucracy will have access to ALL American financial and personal > records. > . Page 203: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated > as tax." Yes, it really says that. > . Page 239: Bill will reduce physician services for Medicaid. Seniors > and the poor most affected." > . Page 241: Doctors: no matter what specialty you have, you'll all be > paid the same (thanks, AMA!) > . Page 253: Government sets value of doctors' time, their professional > judgment, etc. > .. Page 268: Government regulates rental and purchase of power-driven > wheelchairs. > . Page 272: Cancer patients: welcome to the wonderful world of rationing! > . Page 280: Hospitals will be penalized for what the government deems > preventable re-admissions. > . Page 298: Doctors: if you treat a patient during an initial > admission that results in a readmission, you will be penalized by the > government. > . Page 317: Doctors: you are now prohibited for owning and investing > in healthcare companies! > . Page 318: Prohibition on hospital expansion. Hospitals cannot expand > without government approval. Page 469: Community-based Home Medical Services: more payoffs for ACORN. > . Page 472: Payments to Community-based organizations: more payoffs for > ACORN. > . Page 489: Government will cover marriage and family therapy. > Government intervenes in your marriage. I don't know how any one can read these and not be opposed but I would like to hear any opinions...... Costanz..if you do not like the way these are presented here then maybe you should read the bill or even email me and I will personally explain this to you. This is a summary. and yes cancer treatment will be rationed.The page numbers are listed so you can refer to the bill and read for yourself. have to hand it you those libs lol when they have no argument they critique grammar... as for you "hateswhitepeople" it is people like you that are tearing this country apart and until you can drop that race card and learn to treat people as equals you will live a life filled with hatred. I'm willing to bet if someone had a "hatesblackpeople" name you would be filing a complaint with the NAACP but it's ok for you to be a racist? In reading your profile you are against racism of blacks but obviously all about racsim against whites-hypocrite.
What percentage of obamacare supporters have actually read the bill? How many do you figure?? Here's a little spot check for everyone.... I really can't see this as being a positive thing. Pg 22 of the HC Bill mandates the Government will audit the books of all employers that self insure. Can you imagine what that will do to small businesses? Every one will abandon “Self Insurance and go on Government insurance. So when Obama says that there will still be private health care, it’s simply a lie: this mandate will force employers to abandon their private plans. Pg 30 Sec 123 of HC bill – a Government committee (good luck with that!) will decide what treatments/benefits a person may receive. Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill – YOUR HEALTHCARE WILL BE RATIONED! (We all knew this, because health care is rationed in Canada and Britain, but Obama kept saying it would not be). Pg 42 of HC Bill – The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You will have no choice! PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill – HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Pg 58 HC Bill – Government will have real-time access to individual’s finances and a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Government will have direct access to your bank accts for electronic funds transfer PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations (read: ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Government will create an HC Exchange to bring private HC plans under Government control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill – Government mandates ALL Benefits for private HC plans in the Exchange. PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill – Specifics of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Government will ration your Healthcare! PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill – Government mandates linguistic appropriate services. Example – Translation for illegal aliens. Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Government will use groups, i.e. ACORN & Americorps, to sign up individuals for Government HC plan. PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill – Specifics of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members – your Health care WILL be rationed. -PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill – Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. No choice. Pennylee.... Get off the internet and go get health insurance.
Are you aware of the provisions of the Healthcare Bill? Subject: Fw: VERY SCARY HIGHLIGHTS OF CURRENT PROPOSED HEALTHCARE REFORM!! (pg. 425-430) Fw: If YOU HAVE AN ELDERLY LOVED ONE READ THIS!! THIS WILL EFFECT ALL OF OUR FAMILIES!!! PLEASE READ YOU WILL NOT BELIEVE WHAT IS BEING PROPOSED IN HTIS CURRENT PLAN!!! HERE ARE SOME OF THE HIGHLIGHTS OF THE CURRENT HEALTHCARE REFORM: VERY, VERY SCARY ( Bill !! Page 30 Sec 123 of HC bill - THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you get Page 42 of HC Bill:The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your HC Benefits for you. You have no choice! Page 50 Section 152 in HC bill: HC will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise Page 58 HC Bill: Govt will have real-time access to individuals finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued! Page 59 HC Bill lines 21-24: Govt will have DIRECT ACCESS to you ur banks accounts for elective funds transfer!! Page 65 Sec 164: is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community organizations: (ACORN). Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications for of Benefit Levels for Plans = The Govt will ration your Healthcare! Page 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18: The Govt will use groups i.e., ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt HC plan. Page 85 Line 7 HC Bill: Specifications of Benefit Levels for Plans. AARP members - your Health care WILL be rationed. Page 124 lines 24-25 HC: No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No "judicial review" against Govt Monopoly. Page 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill: Doctors/ American Medical Association - The Govt will tell YOU what you can make! (salary) Page 145 Line 15-17: An Employer MUST auto enroll employees into public option plan. NO CHOICE! Page 126 Lines 22-25: Employers MUST pay for HC for part time employees AND their families. Page 149 Lines 16-24: ANY Employer with payroll 401k & above who does not provide public option pays 8% tax on all payroll. Page 150 Lines 9-13: Business's with payroll btw 251k & 401k who doesn't provide public option pays 2-6% tax on all payroll. Page 167 Lines 18-23: ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC according to Govt will be taxed 2.5% of income. Page 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill: Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Page 195 HC Bill: Officers & employees of HC Admin (GOVT) will have access to ALL Americans finances /personal records. Page 203 Line 14-15 HC: "The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax" Yes, it says that! Page 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill: Doctors, doesn't matter what specialty you have, you'll all be paid the same! Page 253 Line 10-18: Govt sets value of Doctor's time, proffession, judgment etc. Literally value of humans. Page 265 Sec 1131: Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. Page 272 SEC. 1145: TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CANCER HOSPITALS - Cancer patients - welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151: The Govt will penalize hospitals for whatever Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Page 298 Lines 9-11: Doctors, treat a patient during initial admission that results in a re-admission -Govt will penalize you. Page 317 L 13-20: PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Govt tells Doctors what/how much they can own! Page 317-318 lines 21-25, 1-3: PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt is mandating hospitals cannot expand. Page 321 2-13: Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input is required. Can u say ACORN?!! Page 335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339: Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. HC the way they want. Rationing. Page 341 Lines 3-9: Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into Govt plan. Page 354 Sec 1177: Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs people! Unbelievable! Page 379 Sec 1191: Govt creates more bureaucracy - Tele-health Advisory Comittee. Can you say HC by phone? Page 425 Lines 4-12: Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consult. Think Senior Citizens end of life patients. Page 425 Lines 17-19: Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, durable powers of attorney. Mandatory! Page 425 Lines 22-25, 426 Lines 1-3: Govt provides approved list of end of life resources, guiding you in death. (assisted suicide) Page 429 Lines 1-9: An "advanced care planning consultant" will be used frequently as patients health deteriorates. Page 429 Lines 10-12: "advanced care consultation" may include an ORDER for end of life plans. AN ORDER from GOVT! Page 429 Lines 13-25: The govt will specify which Doctors can write an end of life order. Page 430 Lines 11-15: The Govt will decide what level of treatment you will have at end of life! Page 472 Lines 14-17: PAYMENT TO COMMUNITY-BASED ORIGINATION. 1 monthly payment to a community-based organization. Like ACORN? Page 489 Sec 1308: The Govt will cove PJ, there is not enough room to put all 3 pages of excerpts on YA. A lot of the clauses depend on how you interpret them. BUT they give the Gov't the power to let your folks die- that what you want?
If you were in CONgress, would you pass this bill? Peter Fleckstein (aka Fleckman) is reading it and has been posting on Twitter his findings. This is from his postings (Note: All comments are Fleckman’s) Pg 22 of the Bill MANDATES the Govt will audit books of ALL EMPLOYERS that self insure!! Pg 30 Sec 123 of bill – THERE WILL BE A GOVT COMMITTEE that decides what treatments/benefits you receive. Pg 29 lines 4-16 in the HC bill – YOUR HEALTHCARE IS RATIONED. Pg 42 of HC Bill – The Health Choices Commissioner will choose your Health care Benefits for you. You have no choice in the decision. PG 50 Section 152 in HC bill – Healthcare will be provided to ALL non US citizens, illegal or otherwise. Pg 58 – Govt will have real-time access to individual finances & a National ID Healthcard will be issued. Pg 59 HC Bill lines 21-24 Govt will have direct access to your bank accounts for direct funds transfers. PG 65 Sec 164 is a payoff subsidized plan for retirees and their families in Unions & community orgs (ACORN). Pg 72 Lines 8-14 Govt is creating a Healthcare Exchange to bring private healthc are plans under Govt control. PG 84 Sec 203 HC bill – Govt mandates ALL benefit packages for private Healthcare plans in the Exchange PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill – Specifics for Benefit Levels of Plans = The Government rations Healthcare based on cost benefits to government. PG 91 Lines 4-7 HC Bill – Govt mandates linguistic appropriation services or translation services for illegal aliens. Pg 95 HC Bill Lines 8-18 The Govt will use groups like ACORN & Americorps to sign up individuals for Govt Healthcare plan PG 85 Line 7 HC Bill – Specifics of Benefit Levels for Plans. #AARP members – your Health care WILL be rationed. -PG 102 Lines 12-18 HC Bill – Medicaid Eligible Individuals will be automatically enrolled in Medicaid. pg 124 lines 24-25 No company can sue GOVT on price fixing. No “judicial review” allowed against Govt monopoly pg 127 Lines 1-16 HC Bill – Doctors/ AMA – The Govt will dictate what wage you are allowed to make. (Wage limits). Pg 145 Line 15-17 An Employers MUST enroll their employees into the public option plan. THEY HAVE NO CHOICE, and neither do the employees. Pg 126 Lines 22-25 Employers MUST pay premiums for every employee, part time employees AND their families as well. Pg 149 Lines 16-24 ANY Employer with a payroll of $400,000 will have an 8% tax levied on all payroll. pg 150 Lines 9-13 Employers with payroll between $251,000 & 400,000 who does not provide in full, the public option, will have a 6% tax on all payroll levied. Pg 167 Lines 18-23 ANY individual who doesn't have acceptable HC coverage according to Govt mandate, will be taxed at 2.5% of their income for healthcare. So, you will have government healthcare coverage, or you will be punished. Pg 170 Lines 1-3 HC Bill Any NONRESIDENT Alien is exempt from individual taxes. (Americans will pay) Pg 195 HC Bill -officers & employees of HC Administration (GOVT) will have total and complete access to ALL your personal financial, bank and investment information. PG 203 Line 14-15 HC – “The tax imposed under this section shall not be treated as tax” Yes, it says that. Pg 239 Line 14-24 HC Bill Govt will reduce physician services for Medicaid, Seniors, low income, and poor. Pg 241 Line 6-8 HC Bill – Wages for all doctors will be made the same. Specialists like Brain Surgeons will make the same money a General Practitioner makes. PG 253 Line 10-18 Govt sets value of Doctor’s time. Govt. decides value of humans. PG 265 Sec 1131Govt mandates & controls productivity for private HC industries. PG 268 Sec 1141 Fed Govt regulates rental & purchase of power driven wheelchairs PG 272 SEC. 1145. TREATMENT OF CERT AIN CANCER HOSPITALS – Cancer patients – welcome to rationing! Page 280 Sec 1151 The Govt will penalize hospitals for what Govt deems preventable re-admissions. Pg 298 Lines 9-11 Doc tors that treat a patient during initial admission will be penalized. Pg 317 L 13-20 PROHIBITION on ownership/investment. Government dictates what Doctors can make and how much they can own. Pg 317-318 lines 21-25,1-3 PROHIBITION on expansion- Govt mandates hospitals cannot expand without government approval. pg 321 2-13 Hospitals have opportunity to apply for exception BUT community input and approval is required. Can you say ACORN?!! Pg335 L 16-25 Pg 336-339 – Govt mandates establishment of outcome based measures. Rationing Pg 341 Lines 3-9 Govt has authority to disqualify Medicare Advance Plans, HMOs, etc. Forcing people into the Govt plan. Pg 354 Sec 1177 – Govt will RESTRICT enrollment of Special needs persons for care. Can euthanasia be far behind for “undesirables”? Pg 379 Sec 1191 Govt creates more bureaucracy – Telehealth Advisory Committee. Can you say HC by phone? PG 425 Lines 4-12 Govt mandates Advance Care Planning Consultation. Euthanasia and Doctor-Assisted Suicide. Pg 425 Lines 17-19 Govt will instruct & consult regarding living wills, and assume power of attorney
Is becoming a Physical Therapy Assistant a good career choice? I am trying to find out if going to school to become a PTA is a great career choice? I am looking for a bright and positive future with a career that is rewarding and pleasant. I am looking for something that pays very well with excellent health benefits and friendly people to work around. Can I find this working as a PTA? I am currently in school now to become one, and I just want some inside information if I am doing the right thing. Just how hard is it to get through everything to become a PTA? I have half of my classes completed now at my community college and plan to graduate in spring of 2010. If anyone can give me pointers and helpful advice, I would greatly appreciate it. Take care and god bless. Ryan
i just found out something about my brother that would def. damage his health. what do i do? i found out he smokes-im 15 and my brother turns 21 march i know its his choice but about a month ago when i found out i told him to quit because of the health reasons and stuff and he said he promise and he swore and everything-but today i went in his car and found cigarettes-what do i do i told him i saw him and i didn't let me tell me anything i was so mad i kicked him out of the house i told him i wouldn't tell our parents (just to get him to shut up and leave me alone, b/c i was crying so hard and stuff) but if i will tell him its the best thing to do-i'd rather have him healthy and mad at me than him have lung cancer and us be buddies i also want to tell my parents (they aren't home yet) but my mom and dad are always stressing about him and upset becuase he goes to a community college and hes gained some weight and isn't taking care of himself or his grades my mom seriously stresses about him so much sometimes im scared for her. what should i do please help!!! but is it worth it to have my parents stress out about him even more? should i try to solve this on my own! oh gosh idk what to do please help me
Liberals are followers and Bush is a leader. Its better to be right than popular? President Bush's Accomplishments Abortion & Traditional Values 1. Banned Partial Birth Abortion — by far the most significant roll-back of abortion on demand since Roe v. Wade. 2. Reversed Clinton's move to strike Reagan's anti-abortion Mexico Policy. 3. By Executive Order (EO), reversed Clinton's policy of not requiring parental consent for abortions under the Medical Privacy Act. 4. By EO, prohibited federal funds for international family planning groups that provide abortions and related services. 5. Upheld the ban on abortions at military hospitals. 6. Made $33 million available for abstinence education programs in 2004. 7. Supports the Defense of Marriage Act — and a Constitutional amendment saying marriage is between one man and one woman. 8. Requires states to conduct criminal background checks on prospective foster and adoptive parents. 9. Requires districts to let students transfer out of dangerous schools. 10. Requires schools to have a zero-tolerance policy for classroom disruption (reintroducing discipline into classrooms). 11. Signed the Teacher Protection Act, which protects teachers from lawsuits related to student discipline. 12. Expanded the role of faith-based and community organizations in after-school programs. Budget, Taxes & Economy 1. Signed two income tax cuts, one of which was the largest dollar-value tax cut in world history. 2. Supports permanent elimination of the death tax. 3. Turned around an inherited economy that was in recession, and deeply shocked as a result of the 9/11 attacks. 4. Is seeking legislation to amend the Constitution to give the president line-item veto authority. 5. In process of permanently eliminating IRS marriage penalty. 6. Increased small business incentives to expand and to hire new people. 7. Initiated discussion on privatizing Social Security and individual investment accounts. 8. Killed Clinton's "ergonomic" rules that OSHA was about to implement; rules would have shut down every home business in America. 9. Passed tough new laws to hold corporate criminals to account as a result of corporate scandals. 10. Reduced taxes on dividends and capital gains. 11. Signed trade promotion authority. 12. Reduced and is working to ultimately eliminate the estate tax for family farms and ranches. 13. Fight Europe's ban on importing biotech crops from the United States. 14. Exempt food from unilateral trade sanctions and embargoes. 15. Provided $20 million to states to help people with disabilities work from home. 16. Created a fund to encourage technologies that help the disabled. 17. Increased the annual contribution limit on Education IRA's from $500 to $2,000 per child. 18. Make permanent the $5,000 adoption tax credit and provide $1 billion over five years to increase the credit to $10,000. 19. Grant a complete tax exemption for prepaid or college tuition savings plans. 20. Reduced H1B visas from a high of 195,000 per year to 66,000 per year. Character & Conduct as President 1. Changed the tone in the White House, restoring HONOR and DIGNITY to the presidency. 2. Has reintroduced the mention of God and faith into public discourse. 3. Handled himself with enormous courage, dignity, grace, determination, and leadership in the aftermath of the September 11, 2001 hijackings and anthrax attacks. He almost single-handedly held this country together during those searing days: Just three days after the attacks, in his address at the National Cathedral, the President reassured the nation when he said: "War has been waged against us by stealth and deceit and murder. This nation is peaceful, but fierce when stirred to anger. This conflict was begun on the timing and terms of others. It will end in a way, and at an hour, of our choosing." On Friday, September 14, 2001, President Bush visited Ground Zero. Standing on a crushed and burned fire engine atop the smoldering pile at Ground Zero, he put his arm around a retired firefighter who had volunteered to help, and began speaking to the crowd. Rescue workers shouted that they could not hear him. Someone handed him a small American flag and bullhorn. The President spontaneously shouted: "I can hear you. The rest of the world hears you. And the people who knocked these buildings down will hear all of us soon." The crowd roared with cheers and chants of "USA! USA! USA!" Then he raised that American flag and rallied a nation. Education & Employment Training 1. Signed the No Child Left Behind Act, delivering the most dramatic education reforms in a generation (challenging the soft bigotry of low expectations). The very liberal California Teachers union is currently running radio ads against the accountability provisions of this Act. 2. Announced "Jobs for the 21st Century," a comprehensive plan to better prepare workers for jobs in the new millennium by strengthening post-secondary education and job training, and by improving high school education. 3. Is working to provide vouchers to low-income students in persistently failing schools to help with costs of attending private schools. (Blocked in the Senate.) 4. Requires annual reading and math tests in grades three through eight. 5. Requires states to participate in the National Assessment of Education Progress, or an equivalent program, to establish a national benchmark for academic performance. 6. Requires school-by-school accountability report cards. 7. Established a $2.4 billion fund to help states implement teacher accountability systems. 8. Increased funding for the Troops-to-Teachers program, which recruits former military personnel to become teachers. Environment & Energy 1. Killed the Kyoto Global Warming Treaty. 2. Submitted a comprehensive Energy Plan (awaits Congressional action). The plan works to develop cleaner technology, produce more natural gas here at home, make America less dependent on foreign sources of energy, improve national grid, etc. 3. Established a $10 million grant program to promote private conservation initiatives. 4. Significantly eased field-testing controls of genetically engineered crops. 5. Changed parts of the Forestry Management Act to allow necessary cleanup of the national forests in order to reduce fire danger. 6. Part of national forests cleanup: Restricted judicial challenges (based on the Endangered Species Act and other challenges), and removed the need for an Environmental Impact Statement before removing fuels/logging to reduce fire danger. 7. Killed Clinton's CO2 rules that were choking off all of the electricity surplus to California. 8. Provided matching grants for state programs that help private landowners protect rare species. Defense & Foreign Policy 1. Successfully executed two wars in the aftermath of 9/11/01: Afghanistan and Iraq. 50 million people who had lived under tyrannical regimes now live in freedom. 2. Saddam Hussein is now in prison. His two murderous sons are dead. All but a handful of the regime's senior members were killed or captured. 3. Leader by leader and member by member, al Maida is being hunted down in dozens of countries around the world. Of the senior al Qaeda leaders, operational managers, and key facilitators the U.S. Government has been tracking, nearly two-thirds have been taken into custody or killed. The detentions or deaths of senior al Qaeda leaders, including Khalid Shaykh Muhammad, the mastermind of 9/11, and Muhammad Atef, Osama bin Laden's second-in-command until his death in late 2001, have been important in the War on Terror. 4. Disarmed Libya of its chemical, nuclear and biological WMD's without bribes or bloodshed. 5. Continues to execute the War On Terror, getting worldwide cooperation to track funds/terrorists. Has cut off much of the terrorists' funding, and captured or killed many key leaders of the al Qaeda network. 6. Initiated a comprehensive review of our military, which was completed just prior to 9/11/01, and which accurately reported that ASYMMETRICAL WARFARE capabilities were critical in the 21st Century. 7. Killed the old US/Soviet Union ABM Treaty that was preventing the U.S. from deploying our ABM defenses. 8. Has been one of the strongest, if not THE strongest friend Israel has ever hand in the U.S. presidency. 9. Part of the coalition for an Israeli/Palestinian "Roadmap to Peace," along with Great Britain, Russia and the EU. 10. Pushed through THREE raises for our military. Increased military pay by more than $1 billion a year. 11. Signed the LARGEST nuclear arms reduction in world history with Russia. 12. Started withdrawing our troops from Bosnia, and has announced withdrawal of our troops from Germany and the Korean DMZ. 13. Prohibited putting U.S. troops under U.N. command. 14. Paid back UN dues only in return for reforms and reduction of U.S. share of the costs. 15. Earmarked at least 20 percent of the Defense procurement budget for next-generation weaponry. 16. Increased defense research and development spending by at least $20 billion from fiscal 2002 to 2006. 17. Ordered a comprehensive review of military weapons and strategy. 18. Ordered a review of overseas deployments. 19. Ordered renovation of military housing. The military has already upgraded about 10 percent of its inventory and expects to modernize 76,000 additional homes this year. 20. Is working to tighten restrictions on military-technology exports. 21. Brought back our EP-3 intel plane and crew from China without any bribes or bloodshed. Globalization & Internationalism 1. Challenged the United Nations to live up to their responsibilities and not become another League of Nations (in other words, showed the UN to be completely irrelevant). 2. Killed U.S. involvement in the International Criminal Court. 3. Told the United Nations we weren't interested in their plans for gun control (i.e., the International Ban on Small Arms Trafficking Treaty).* 4. The only President since the founding of the UN to essentially tell that organization it is irrelevant. He said: "The conduct of the Iraqi regime is a threat to the authority of the United Nations, and a threat to peace. Iraq has answered a decade of UN demands with a decade of defiance. All the world now faces a test, and the United Nations a difficult and defining moment. Are Security Council resolutions to be honored and enforced, or cast aside without consequence? Will the United Nations serve the purpose of its founding, or will it be irrelevant?" We all know the outcome and the answer. 5. Told the Congress and the world, "America will never seek a permission slip to defend the security of our country." Government Reform 1. Improved government efficiency by putting hundreds of thousands of jobs put up for bid. This weakens public-sector unions and cuts undeserved pay raises. 2. Initiated review of all federal agencies with the goal of eliminating federal jobs (completed September 2003) in an effort to reduce the size of the federal government while increasing private sector jobs. 3. Led the most extensive reorganization the Federal bureaucracy in over 50 years: After 9/11, condensed 20+ overlapping agencies and their intelligence sectors into one agency, the Department of Homeland Security.* 4. Ordered each agency to draft a five-year plan to restructure itself, with fewer managers. 5. Converted federal service contracts to performance-based contracts wherever possible so that the contractor has measurable performance goals. Health 1. Strengthen the National Health Service Corps to put more physicians in the neediest areas, and make its scholarship funds tax-free. 2. Double the research budget of the National Institutes of Health. 3. Signed Medicare Reform, which includes: A 10-year privatization option. Prescription drug benefits: Prior to this reform, Medicare paid for extended hospital stays for ulcer surgery, for example, at a cost of about $28,000 per patient. Yet Medicare would not pay for the drugs that eliminate the cause of most ulcers, drugs that cost about $500 a year. Now, drug coverage under Medicare will allow seniors to replace more expensive surgeries and hospitalizations with less expensive prescription medicine. More health care choices: As President Bush stated, "…when seniors have the ability to make choices, health care plans within Medicare will have to compete for their business by offering higher quality service [at lower cost]. For the seniors of America, more choices and more control will mean better health care. These are the kinds of health care options we give to the members of Congress and federal employees. What's good for members of Congress is also good for seniors. New Health Savings Accounts: Effective January 1, 2004, Americans can set aside up to $4,500 every year, tax free, to save for medical expenses. Depending on your tax bracket, that means you'll save between 10 to 35 percent on any costs covered by money in your account. Every year, the money not spent would stay in the account and gain interest tax-free, just like an IRA. These accounts will be good for small business owners, and employees. More businesses can focus on covering workers for major medical problems, such as hospitalization for an injury or illness. At the same time, employees and their families will use these accounts to cover doctors visits, or lab tests, or other smaller costs. Some employers will contribute to employee health accounts. This will help more American families get the health care they need at the price they can afford. Homeland Security, Border Enforcement & Immigration 1. *See Government Reform above. Under President Bush's leadership, America has made an unprecedented commitment to homeland security. 2. Has CONSTRUCTION in process on the first 10 ABM silos in Alaska so that America will have a defense against North Korean nukes. Has ordered national and theater ballistic missile defenses to be deployed by 2004. 3. Announced a 9.7% increase in government-wide homeland security funding in his FY 2005 budget, nearly tripling the FY 2001 levels (excluding the Department of Defense and Project BioShield). 4. Before DHS was created, there were inspectors from three different agencies of the Federal Government and Border Patrol officers protecting our borders. Through DHS, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) now consolidates all border activities into a single agency to create "one face at the border." This not only better secures the borders of the United States, but it also eliminates many of the inefficiencies that occurred under the old system. With over 18,000 CBP inspectors and 11,000 Border Patrol agents, CBP has 29,000 uniformed officers on our borders. 5. The Border Patrol is continuing installation of monitoring devices along the borders to detect illegal activity. 6. Launched Operation Tarmac to investigate businesses and workers in the secure areas of domestic airports and ensure immigration law compliance. Since 9/11, DHS has audited 3,640 businesses, examined 259,037 employee records, arrested 1,030 unauthorized workers, and participated in the criminal indictment of 774 individuals. 7. Since September 11, 2001, the Coast Guard has conducted more than 124,000 port security patrols, 13,000 air patrols, boarded more than 92,000 vessels, interdicted over 14,000 individuals attempting to enter the United States illegally, and created and maintained more than 90 Maritime Security Zones. 8. Announced the Student and Exchange Visitor Information System (SEVIS), an internet-based system that is improving America's ability to track and monitor foreign students and exchange visitors. Over 870,000 students are registered in SEVIS. Of 285 completed field investigations, 71 aliens were arrested. 9. This week, the US-VISIT program began to digitally collect biometric identifiers to record the entry and exit of aliens who travel into the U.S on a visa. Together with the standard information, this new program will confirm compliance with visa and immigration policies. 10. Eliminated INS bureaucratic redundancies and lack of accountability. 11. Split the Immigration and Naturalization Service into two agencies: one to protect the border and interior, the other to deal with naturalization. 12. Signed the workplace verification bill to prevent hiring of illegal aliens. 13. Established a six-month deadline for processing immigration applications. 14. Information regarding nearly 100% of all containerized cargo is carefully screened by DHS before it arrives in the United States. Higher risk shipments are physically inspected for terrorist weapons and contraband prior to being released from the port of entry. Advanced technologies are being deployed to identify warning signs of chemical, biological, or radiological attacks. Since September 11, 2001, hundreds of thousands of first responders across America have been trained to recognize and respond to the effects of a WMD attack. Judiciary & Tort Reform 1. Is urging federal liability reform to eliminate frivolous lawsuits. 2. Killed the liberal ABA's unconstitutional role in vetting federal judges. The Senate is supposed to advise and consent, not the ABA. 3. Is nominating strong, conservative judges to the judiciary. 4. Supports class action reform bill which limits lawyer fees so that more settlement money goes to victims. Politics 1. His leadership resulted in Republican gains in the House and Senate, solidifying Republican control of both houses of Congress and the presidency. 2. Signed an EO enforcing the Supreme Court's Beck decision regarding union dues being used for political campaigns against individual's wishes. Second Amendment 1. Ordered Attorney General Ashcroft to formally notify the Supreme Court that the OFFICIAL U.S. government position on the 2nd Amendment is that it supports INDIVIDUAL rights to own firearms, and is NOT a Leftist-imagined "collective" right. 2. Signed TWO bills into law that arm our pilots with handguns in the cockpit. 3. Currently pushing for full immunity from lawsuits for our national gun manufacturers. 4. *See Globalization & Internationalism. Traditional Values, Compassion & Volunteerism 1. Endorses and promotes "The Responsibility Era." President Bush often speaks of the necessity of personal responsibility and civic volunteerism. He said, "In a compassionate society, people respect one another and take responsibility for the decisions they make in life. My hope is to change the culture from one that has said, if it feels good, do it; if you've got a problem, blame somebody else — to one in which every single American understands that he or she is responsible for the decisions that you make; you're responsible for loving your children with all your heart and all your soul; you're responsible for being involved with the quality of the education of your children; you're responsible for making sure the community in which you live is safe; you're responsible for loving your neighbor, just like you would like to be loved yourself." 2. Started the USA Freedom Corps, the most comprehensive clearinghouse of volunteer opportunities ever offered. For the first time in history, Americans can enter geographic information about where they want to get involved, such as state or zip code, as well as areas of interest ranging from education to the environment, and they can access volunteer opportunities offered by more than 50,000 organizations across the country and around the world. 3. Established the The White House Office and the Centers for the Faith-Based and Community Initiative — located in seven Federal agencies. The faith-based initiative supports the essential work of these important organizations. The goal is to make sure that grassroots leaders can compete on an equal footing for federal dollars, receive greater private support, and face fewer bureaucratic barriers. Work focuses on at-risk youth, ex-offenders, the homeless and hungry, substance abusers, those with HIV/AIDS, and welfare-to-work families. 4. The White House released a guidebook fully describing the Administration's belief that faith-based groups have a Constitutionally-protected right to maintain their religious identity through hiring — even when Federal funds are involved. 5. Issued an EO implementing the Supreme Court's Olmstead ruling, which requires moving disabled people from institutions to community-based facilities when possible. 6. Increased funding for low-interest loan programs to help people with disabilities purchase devices to assist them. 7. Revised the Department of Housing and Urban Development's Section 8 rent subsidies to disabled people, permitting them to use up to a year's worth of vouchers to finance down payments on homes. HUD has started pilot programs in 11 states. 8. Committed US funds to purchase medicine for millions of men, women and children now suffering with AIDS in Africa. 9. Heeding the words of our own Declaration of Independence, the president laid out the non-negotiable demands of human dignity for all people everywhere. On January 29, 2002, he said, "No nation owns these aspirations, and no nation is exempt from them. We have no intention of imposing our culture. But America will always stand firm for the non-negotiable demands of human dignity." As stated by the President, they are a virtual manifesto of conservative principles: Equal Justice Freedom of Speech Limited Government Power Private Property Rights Religious Tolerance Respect for Women Rule of Law
Where is the best place to search for a VP of call center operations? 150 - 200K per year plus bonus? Title: Vice President, Service Delivery “Coaching Centers” Department: Service Delivery Reports To: SVP, Client Operations Location: Boston/extensive travel to regional sites. Other sites may be considered Company Overview: Health Dialog is a rapidly growing health care company that is improving the appropriateness of medical care by helping patients actively participates in medical treatment choices. Its unique business model is reinventing the way individuals and their health insurers manage care. Health Dialog is led by a highly experienced group of business and health policy leaders. In April 2006, named by Boston Business Journal as “One of the Area’s Fastest Growing Private Companies” list. In November of 2005, named by Inc. 500 list of “Fastest Growing Private Companies” for the third year in a row. Position Description Leadership of five Coaching Centers utilizing a primary coach model by health care professionals trained and certified in Shared Decision-Making® methodology. Responsible for improving health coaching results through tighter, seamless integration with client resources, community programs, and our health coaching resources. Primary Responsibilities ·Leadership: Develop and implement strategies and plans to lead team that is responsible for Health Dialog’s Coaching Centers located in Manchester, NH Portland, ME Phoenix, San Antonio and Denver. Identify and develop staff to facilitate growth and expand staff capabilities. ·“Customer satisfaction”: Lead efforts to ensure that the Coaching Center performance exceeds client expectations regarding program effectiveness and coaching interactions effectiveness. ·Operational management: Analyze data to measure and improve operations including effectiveness and efficiency. Manage overall Coaching Center staffing, capacity and operations for inbound and outbound telephonic coaching services to ensure service levels and value expectations are met. Improve the integration of Service Delivery with internal functions including Client Services, Analytic Services, Provider Services, Online Services and IT. Evaluate current procedures and practices for accomplishing continuous process improvement for Coaching Center activities and functions. ·New business: Plan, develop and implement Service Delivery for new clients ·Coaching Center project management: Lead coaching center efforts to implement new capabilities (e.g., new technologies, new processes, new products) ·Participate in the feedback process with clients and participants, as appropriate Qualifications • Proven record of success at a Sr. level within a healthcare and/or call center environment • Demonstrated ability to build and mentor call center operations • Exceptional leadership skills in an entrepreneurial and agile culture • Ability to interact with customers at all levels including senior medical executives • Minimum of a Bachelor’s degree, Master’s degree desirable • Strategic thinker with analytical and problem solving skills with excellent communication skills
Which class is most relevant to the field of medicine and psychology? I asked this question twice before, but I forgot to put in class descriptions. Here are my class choices: Biological Anthropology/Archaeology: Using critical thinking skills, students explore the scientific approaches to surveying and understanding biological differences in past and present human populations. Topics include the study of bone, anatomy, and archaeological techniques used by modern scientists to uncover the past. This course includes career explorations, field trip opportunities, and hands-on laboratory investigations. Sociology: Sociology 1 is concerned with human groups and factors that unite or divide them, including culture, values, social groups, social stratification, population, the family, socialization, propaganda, and social institutions. Focus is on the impact of change on mores, norms, and customs. In Sociology 2, emphasis is placed on the application of the basic concepts of social change to American institutions, particularly education and the family. Research papers focus on community or on-site research. This course acquaints students with the discipline and history of philosophy. Major philosophers and their works are studied with focus on such issues as the nature of the universe; the basic moral and intellectual superstructure of society; good and evil; free will and determinism; and the relationship of a person to other individuals and to the state. Current trends in philosophy are studied as well Family Life and Human Development: Students develop a greater understanding of how family relationships and human sexuality have an impact on individual health and society. Topics include interpersonal relationships; economics of family life; responsibilities of marriage and parenting; pregnancy prevention; pregnancy and childbirth; and sexually transmitted infections. Which class would be most relevant and second most relevant? The third description is PHILOSOPHY
Can someone please help me summerize this, with paraphrasing.? Over the last fifty years, a change has emerged in the way health care practitioners understand the factors that prevent chronic disease and lead to good health. Before that, it was largely considered a matter of bio-medical cause and effect, coupled with negative lifestyle choices. Health professionals began to see that good health and disease prevention are a lot more than that. In 1948, The World Health Organization declared that, more than the absence of disease, health is "a state of complete physical, mental and social well being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity." And later in 1986, the Ottawa Charter For Health Promotion declared that health is " created and lived by people within the settings of their everyday life; where they learn, work, play and love." These declaration tell us that there are a large number of social factors and conditions, including income, employment, education, housing and others that lead to healthy people and communities. In 1998, Health Canada developed a comprehensive list of those factors calling them the Determinants of Health: income, social support, education and literacy, employment and working conditions, social environments, physical environments, personal health practices and coping skills, healthy child development, biology and genetic endowment, health services, gender, and culture. These factors come together like streams to form a flowing river to help us reach a state of complete physical, mental, and social well being. Thank you Emily. This is actually the sample, not the assignment. I dont understand how to paraphrase properly.
Please help me summerize this ... ? I am so overwhelmed as a new college student, I havent been in school for 17 years. I didnt realize how much homework I would get, I am waaay behind. Please help me. Over the last fifty years, a change has emerged in the way health care practitioners understand the factors that prevent chronic disease and lead to good health. Before that, it was largely considered a matter of bio-medical cause and effect, coupled with negative lifestyle choices. Health professionals began to see that good health and disease prevention are a lot more than that. In 1948, The World Health Organization declared that, more than the absence of disease, health is "a state of complete physical, mental and social well being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity." And later in 1986, the Ottawa Charter For Health Promotion declared that health is " created and lived by people within the settings of their everyday life; where they learn, work, play and love." These declaration tell us that there are a large number of social factors and conditions, including income, employment, education, housing and others that lead to healthy people and communities. In 1998, Health Canada developed a comprehensive list of those factors calling them the Determinants of Health: income, social support, education and literacy, employment and working conditions, social environments, physical environments, personal health practices and coping skills, healthy child development, biology and genetic endowment, health services, gender, and culture. These factors come together like streams to form a flowing river to help us reach a state of complete physical, mental, and social well being.
This clearly is a partisan document...? that follows, but facts are facts. This statement makes anyone with a disability who votes for McCain seem to disregard the rights entirely for people with disabilities. Using examples related to disability and only disability - can you give examples of why a person who is a disability advocate should vote for John McCain??? BARACK OBAMA VS. JOHN MCCAIN: Who Will Break Down the Barriers that Exclude People with Disabilities? OBAMA ON SUPPORT FOR LIVING INDEPENDENTLY IN THE COMMUNITY Obama is a co-sponsor of the Community Choice Act of 2007. Obama believes that individuals should be able to make their own choices for their living arrangements and live independently in their communities. [S.799, 110th Congress] Obama is a co-sponsor of the Community Living Assistance Services and Support (CLASS) Act Of 2007. This bill would help individuals with functional impairments pay for services that they need to maximize their independence. [S.1758, 110th Congress] MCCAIN ON SUPPORT FOR LIVING INDEPENDENTLY IN THE COMMUNITY McCain strongly opposes the Community Choice Act. Asked about the Community Choice Act at a Town Hall in Denver, McCain said “The Community Choice Act is not a piece of legislation that I support.” [McCain Town Hall, 7/7/08] OBAMA ON EDUCATION FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES Barack Obama supports full funding of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), early intervention and developmental programs, and expanded college opportunities for students with disabilities. Obama voted for over $44 billion in funding for the IDEA. [SCR 1, Senate Vote #94, 3/22/07] Obama will invest $10 billion per year in early intervention, educational and developmental programs for children between zero and five. His plan will help expand programs such as Early Head Start to serve more children with disabilities. His plan also will encourage states to expand programs for children with disabilities, such as IDEA Part C. [Obama Plan to Empower Americans with Disabilities] Obama supports increasing opportunities for college students with disabilities. He also will provide more support for these college students. Obama was an original co-sponsor of the Senate bill to reauthorize the Higher Education Act (S. 1642) which significantly expands opportunities and supports for individuals with disabilities to attend college and graduate programs. [S.1642, 110th Congress] MCCAIN ON EDUCATION FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES John McCain has repeatedly voted against the IDEA even though he claims he supports full funding of it. McCain has repeatedly voted against funding for special education. * McCain repeatedly voted against funding increases for the IDEA. [H.R.4577, Senate Vote #170, 6/30/00; SCR 23, Senate Vote #103, 3/26/03] * McCain has chosen tax cuts for the wealthy over education funding for students with disabilities. Specifically, McCain voted against increasing spending in the amount of $229 billion over 10 years for the IDEA. McCain also voted against an amendment that would create a reserve fund of $73 billion in IDEA funding. The spending would have been made possible by reducing tax cuts. [SCR 23, Senate Vote #103, 3/26/03; SCR 23, Senate Vote #70, 3/21/03] McCain did not co-sponsor reauthorization of the Higher Education Act (S. 1642). He also did not vote on passage of the reauthorization of the Higher Education Act in the 110th Congress. [S.1642, 110th Congress; S. 1642, Senate Vote #275, 7/24/07] OBAMA ON SOCIAL SERVICES SPENDING Obama opposes a freeze on social services spending for people with disabilities. Obama voted against capping non-defense spending which means that social service spending for people with disabilities could continue to meet their needs. In 2005, Obama voted against the Inhofe amendment that would cap non-defense, non-trust fund spending. [S.1932, Senate Vote #286, 11/3/05] MCCAIN ON SOCIAL SERVICES SPENDING McCain promises that he will cap non-defense spending for at least one year, meaning that social services spending for people with disabilities will be capped as well. McCain voted in favor of capping non-defense spending. In 2005, McCain voted for the Inhofe amendment that would cap non-defense and non-trust fund spending. [S.1932, Senate Vote #286, 11/3/05] McCain proposed a freeze of discretionary spending as illustrated when he said, “As president, I will also order a prompt and thorough review of the budgets of every federal program, department, and agency. While that top-to-bottom review is underway, we will institute a one-year pause in discretionary spending increases with the necessary exemption of military spending and veterans’ benefits.” [McCain Remarks on the Economy at Carnegie Mellon University, 4/15/08] OBAMA ON HEALTH CARE FOR AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES Obama will sign universal health care into law by the en end of his first term in office, and he has supported expanding the State Children's Health Insurance Program (“SCHIP”) and health care programs for people with disabilities, children, and veterans. Under Obama’s plan to provide universal health insurance, insurance companies will not be able to stop individuals from getting coverage even if they have pre-existing conditions and disabilities. Obama’s plan allows individuals and businesses to purchase public or private health coverage through a national health insurance exchange. Obama’s plan would make health care more affordable and accessible to all Americans, particularly individuals who have been denied coverage in the private market due to a pre-existing condition or disability. [Obama Plan to Empower Individuals with Disabilities] Obama is a co-sponsor of ending the Medicare Waiting Period Act of 2007 (S.2102). Before they can get Medicare coverage, people with disabilities must first receive Social Security Disabilit end of his first term in office, and he has supported expanding the State Children's Health Insurance Program (“SCHIP”) and health care programs for people with disabilities, children, and veterans. Under Obama’s plan to provide universal health insurance, insurance companies will not be able to stop individuals from getting coverage even if they have pre-existing conditions and disabilities. Obama’s plan allows individuals and businesses to purchase public or private health coverage through a national health insurance exchange. Obama’s plan would make health care more affordable and accessible to all Americans, particularly individuals who have been denied coverage in the private market due to a pre-existing condition or disability. [Obama Plan to Empower Individuals with Disabilities] Obama is a co-sponsor of ending the Medicare Waiting Period Act of 2007 (S.2102). Before they can get Medicare coverage, people with disabilities must first receive Social Security Disabilit Insurance (SSDI) for 24 months. Due to the 24-month Medicare waiting period, an estimated 400,000 Americans with disabilities are uninsured and many more are underinsured at a time in their lives when they need health coverage the most. During this waiting period, many individuals develop secondary conditions, their health status worsens and many die. Obama supports legislation that would phase out this harmful waiting period and provide individuals with health insurance. [S.2102, 110th Congress] Obama supported expanded health insurance for children. In 2007, Obama voted to reauthorize the SCHIP at over $60 billion for five years. Two children who live with a single parent who makes $51,510 would have access to health insurance coverage under SCHIP. The bill would provide $100 million in new grants to fund state outreach and enrollment efforts and allocate $49 million for a demonstration project to streamline the enrollment process for low-income children already eligible for for coverage. [HR 976, Senate Vote #307, 8/2/07] Obama supported assuring accessible health care to people with disabilities by co-sponsoring the Promoting Wellness for Individuals with Disabilities Act (S.1050) The bill would require the U.S. Access Board to establish access standards for all diagnostic equipment (examination tables, x-ray, mammography and other radiological equipment, etc.). It also educates physicians and dentists by requiring that medical schools, dental schools, and their residency programs provide training to improve competency and clinical skills in providing care to patients with disabilities (including those with intellectual disabilities) as a condition of receiving federal funds. Finally, it establishes a national wellness grant program which will authorize funding for programs or activities for smoking cessation, weight control, nutrition or fitness that are tailored to the needs of individuals with disabilities and authorize funding for preventive There is much more to this......but MrKP Disability legislation may not need to be your only consideration, but it is primarily mine and of most people with disabilities I know. I'd like to see a balanced view, but to date McCain or his campaign has not addressed disability issues. I was trying to give McCain's camp the opportunity to level the playing field before I wrote something up in an article I have been asked to write. Gem - You think you cannot afford all these government programs, but you can't afford not to have them. Because we do not have universal health care our health care costs cost more. People without insurance do not get preventive health care and so end up in emergency rooms getting far more long term expensive care than they would have if they had been able to go to a doctor regularly. There is much more to this......but MrKP Disability legislation may not need to be your only consideration, but it is primarily mine and of most people with disabilities I know. I'd like to see a balanced view, but to date McCain or his campaign has not addressed disability issues. I was trying to give McCain's camp the opportunity to level the playing field before I wrote something up in an article I have been asked to write. Gem - You think you cannot afford all these government programs, but you can't afford not to have them. Because we do not have universal health care our health care costs cost more. People without insurance do not get preventive health care and so end up in emergency rooms getting far more long term expensive care than they would have if they had been able to go to a doctor regularly. Sway - The Community Choice Act doesn't cost more dollars. It puts the choice of how to spend dollars in an individual's hands. If a senior gets 100,000 a year in benefits they can choose to take their 100,000 to a nursing home or receive care at home. Now people are forced into nursing homes as their are given no options. At home care rarely costs more than nursing home care and usually substantially less. http://www.experthomecare.com/blog/2008/05/home-care-costs-vs-nursing-home/
This is a clearly partisan document...? that follows, but facts are facts. This statement makes anyone with a disability who votes for McCain seem to disregard the rights entirely for people with disabilities. Using examples related to disability and only disability - can you give examples of why a person who is a disability advocate should vote for John McCain??? BARACK OBAMA VS. JOHN MCCAIN: Who Will Break Down the Barriers that Exclude People with Disabilities? OBAMA ON SUPPORT FOR LIVING INDEPENDENTLY IN THE COMMUNITY Obama is a co-sponsor of the Community Choice Act of 2007. Obama believes that individuals should be able to make their own choices for their living arrangements and live independently in their communities. [S.799, 110th Congress] Obama is a co-sponsor of the Community Living Assistance Services and Support (CLASS) Act Of 2007. This bill would help individuals with functional impairments pay for services that they need to maximize their independence. [S.1758, 110th Congress] MCCAIN ON SUPPORT FOR LIVING INDEPENDENTLY IN THE COMMUNITY McCain strongly opposes the Community Choice Act. Asked about the Community Choice Act at a Town Hall in Denver, McCain said “The Community Choice Act is not a piece of legislation that I support.” [McCain Town Hall, 7/7/08] OBAMA ON EDUCATION FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES Barack Obama supports full funding of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), early intervention and developmental programs, and expanded college opportunities for students with disabilities. Obama voted for over $44 billion in funding for the IDEA. [SCR 1, Senate Vote #94, 3/22/07] Obama will invest $10 billion per year in early intervention, educational and developmental programs for children between zero and five. His plan will help expand programs such as Early Head Start to serve more children with disabilities. His plan also will encourage states to expand programs for children with disabilities, such as IDEA Part C. [Obama Plan to Empower Americans with Disabilities] Obama supports increasing opportunities for college students with disabilities. He also will provide more support for these college students. Obama was an original co-sponsor of the Senate bill to reauthorize the Higher Education Act (S. 1642) which significantly expands opportunities and supports for individuals with disabilities to attend college and graduate programs. [S.1642, 110th Congress] MCCAIN ON EDUCATION FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES John McCain has repeatedly voted against the IDEA even though he claims he supports full funding of it. McCain has repeatedly voted against funding for special education. * McCain repeatedly voted against funding increases for the IDEA. [H.R.4577, Senate Vote #170, 6/30/00; SCR 23, Senate Vote #103, 3/26/03] * McCain has chosen tax cuts for the wealthy over education funding for students with disabilities. Specifically, McCain voted against increasing spending in the amount of $229 billion over 10 years for the IDEA. McCain also voted against an amendment that would create a reserve fund of $73 billion in IDEA funding. The spending would have been made possible by reducing tax cuts. [SCR 23, Senate Vote #103, 3/26/03; SCR 23, Senate Vote #70, 3/21/03] McCain did not co-sponsor reauthorization of the Higher Education Act (S. 1642). He also did not vote on passage of the reauthorization of the Higher Education Act in the 110th Congress. [S.1642, 110th Congress; S. 1642, Senate Vote #275, 7/24/07] OBAMA ON SOCIAL SERVICES SPENDING Obama opposes a freeze on social services spending for people with disabilities. Obama voted against capping non-defense spending which means that social service spending for people with disabilities could continue to meet their needs. In 2005, Obama voted against the Inhofe amendment that would cap non-defense, non-trust fund spending. [S.1932, Senate Vote #286, 11/3/05] MCCAIN ON SOCIAL SERVICES SPENDING McCain promises that he will cap non-defense spending for at least one year, meaning that social services spending for people with disabilities will be capped as well. McCain voted in favor of capping non-defense spending. In 2005, McCain voted for the Inhofe amendment that would cap non-defense and non-trust fund spending. [S.1932, Senate Vote #286, 11/3/05] McCain proposed a freeze of discretionary spending as illustrated when he said, “As president, I will also order a prompt and thorough review of the budgets of every federal program, department, and agency. While that top-to-bottom review is underway, we will institute a one-year pause in discretionary spending increases with the necessary exemption of military spending and veterans’ benefits.” [McCain Remarks on the Economy at Carnegie Mellon University, 4/15/08] OBAMA ON HEALTH CARE FOR AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES Obama will sign universal health care into law by the en Your Biblical values and my moral values are in direct conflict. McCain returned from the POW camp and his wife who had become disabled and quickly divorced her. He is against abortion for any reason what-so-ever, even if the mother of several existing children is raped would be risking her life to carry a pregnancy. He supports increasing the military budget while evaluating our spending, but keep all budgets that support people in need exactly the same. He refused to support an act that will give people choices about where they live that costs not one penny more. He is against so many things that to me seem to be the epitomy of what Christianity should be about. GLBT rights afford people rights - they deny no one their rights. YOUR Bible see homosexuality as a sin - ALL Bibles do not. This is not a country based on religious law. It is a secular country. Gay rights are secular rights. Don't allow gays in your church or to marry in your church - that is your right. But we have created an underclass of people who love and care for each other who are not afforded the same legal, contractual rights as other people. We deprive children of gay families safeguards that other children take for granted. Keep your religion at home - I don't want it in my government. This country was founded on the concept of religious freedom - the freedom to practice religion - whatever religion one chooses or not. All Christians do not agree with you PWD. http://www.uua.org/visitors/justicediversity/6252.shtml I think religious intolerance (like you express) is the source of everything evil in the world. Most wars have an underpinning of religious intolerance. If people genuinely opened their hearts to all we would not have the need for disability rights, gay rights, or any kind of minority rights. All Christians do not agree with you PWD. http://www.uua.org/visitors/justicediversity/6252.shtml I think religious intolerance (like you express) is the source of everything evil in the world. Most wars have an underpinning of religious intolerance. If people genuinely opened their hearts to all we would not have the need for disability rights, gay rights, or any kind of minority rights.
Want to start college to be ultrasound tech. Which of these programs would it be under?? Ok. I'm 20. I'll be 21 in August. My fiancee is in the Army and has a wonderful career. I feel like I need to get on a good path too. I live in Gulfport, Mississippi so my college choices are MGCCC (miss gulf coast community college) or USM that I know of. At USM there is *School of Nursing & *Dept of Community Health Sciences At MGCCC the only one that could have anything to do with ultrasound is- *Medical Technology Does anyone know any other colleges close to Gulfport or which of these programs ultrasound tech would fall under? Thank you =)
My mother is unsupportive of my school/career choice and it's making me miserable!? I'm studying mental health at school and I want to work with children. I really enjoy what I do and while I wish I was smarter at times to pursue something bigger like med school, I'm happy with my strengths. My mother sees otherwise. She's always comparing me to her friend's daughter who is younger than me and is almost done with grad school and is a model. I can't compete with that! I am always getting compared to everyone else in our ethnic community and it's making me miserable. My mom's always pointing out why couldn't I do this, or that, or this and since my younger sibling is pursuing a medical field in college now, she's comparing me to him. I just wish I could get my mom's support on this but it doesn't look like it'll ever happen. It's bringing me down and now I have doubts and wish that I could be smarter. But I don't want to go into something simply because my parents tell me to and then end up quitting just as miserable. How can I get her to leave me alone and be happy? I've tried to talk to her about this on a number of occasions, only to have her say "well you should have listened to me from the start". The truth is, SHE was the one who prevented me from trying to advance myself in high school. I was even offered courses for free at a local c. college and she wouldn't let me take them because she didn't want me to drive there. I could have grad college at age 21. I also had to struggle with her abuse in my teens and after high school, which hampered my academic performance and I had to start all over when I was 21. In a way, my mom has been the one to block my dreams and her own. My mom tells me she's ashamed of me because she sees other people's kids succeeding and going to grad school while I'm still in college. She has to give people "fake" answers when they ask about me because she's afraid of what they'd say if they were to find out I'm still in college. She always says "why can't you be like everyone else, who listened to their parents."
Why do libs avoid President Bush's Accomplishments? President Bush's Accomplishments Spotted at Rightnation.us and GOPUSA.com reprinted here for your pleasure. I encourage people who support Bush to learn how effective our President has been, and liberals ought to browse this too. Just remember, the liberal media can't cover up the truth of his accomplishments. The Bush Administration 2001-2004 Abortion & Traditional Values 1. Banned Partial Birth Abortion — by far the most significant roll-back of abortion on demand since Roe v. Wade. 2. Reversed Clinton's move to strike Reagan's anti-abortion Mexico Policy. 3. By Executive Order (EO), reversed Clinton's policy of not requiring parental consent for abortions under the Medical Privacy Act. 4. By EO, prohibited federal funds for international family planning groups that provide abortions and related services. 5. Upheld the ban on abortions at military hospitals. 6. Made $33 million available for abstinence education programs in 2004. 7. Supports the Defense of Marriage Act — and a Constitutional amendment saying marriage is between one man and one woman. 8. Requires states to conduct criminal background checks on prospective foster and adoptive parents. 9. Requires districts to let students transfer out of dangerous schools. 10. Requires schools to have a zero-tolerance policy for classroom disruption (reintroducing discipline into classrooms). 11. Signed the Teacher Protection Act, which protects teachers from lawsuits related to student discipline. 12. Expanded the role of faith-based and community organizations in after-school programs. Budget, Taxes & Economy 1. Signed two income tax cuts, one of which was the largest dollar-value tax cut in world history. 2. Supports permanent elimination of the death tax. 3. Turned around an inherited economy that was in recession, and deeply shocked as a result of the 9/11 attacks. 4. Is seeking legislation to amend the Constitution to give the president line-item veto authority. 5. In process of permanently eliminating IRS marriage penalty. 6. Increased small business incentives to expand and to hire new people. 7. Initiated discussion on privatizing Social Security and individual investment accounts. 8. Killed Clinton's "ergonomic" rules that OSHA was about to implement; rules would have shut down every home business in America. 9. Passed tough new laws to hold corporate criminals to account as a result of corporate scandals. 10. Reduced taxes on dividends and capital gains. 11. Signed trade promotion authority. 12. Reduced and is working to ultimately eliminate the estate tax for family farms and ranches. 13. Fight Europe's ban on importing biotech crops from the United States. 14. Exempt food from unilateral trade sanctions and embargoes. 15. Provided $20 million to states to help people with disabilities work from home. 16. Created a fund to encourage technologies that help the disabled. 17. Increased the annual contribution limit on Education IRA's from $500 to $2,000 per child. 18. Make permanent the $5,000 adoption tax credit and provide $1 billion over five years to increase the credit to $10,000. 19. Grant a complete tax exemption for prepaid or college tuition savings plans. 20. Reduced H1B visas from a high of 195,000 per year to 66,000 per year. Character & Conduct as President 1. Changed the tone in the White House, restoring HONOR and DIGNITY to the presidency. 2. Has reintroduced the mention of God and faith into public discourse. 3. Handled himself with enormous courage, dignity, grace, determination, and leadership in the aftermath of the September 11, 2001 hijackings and anthrax attacks. He almost single-handedly held this country together during those searing days: Just three days after the attacks, in his address at the National Cathedral, the President reassured the nation when he said: "War has been waged against us by stealth and deceit and murder. This nation is peaceful, but fierce when stirred to anger. This conflict was begun on the timing and terms of others. It will end in a way, and at an hour, of our choosing." On Friday, September 14, 2001, President Bush visited Ground Zero. Standing on a crushed and burned fire engine atop the smoldering pile at Ground Zero, he put his arm around a retired firefighter who had volunteered to help, and began speaking to the crowd. Rescue workers shouted that they could not hear him. Someone handed him a small American flag and bullhorn. The President spontaneously shouted: "I can hear you. The rest of the world hears you. And the people who knocked these buildings down will hear all of us soon." The crowd roared with cheers and chants of "USA! USA! USA!" Then he raised that American flag and rallied a nation. Education & Employment Training 1. Signed the No Child Left Behind Act, delivering the most dramatic education reforms in a generation (challenging the soft bigotry of low expectations). The very liberal California Teachers union is currently running radio ads against the accountability provisions of this Act. 2. Announced "Jobs for the 21st Century," a comprehensive plan to better prepare workers for jobs in the new millennium by strengthening post-secondary education and job training, and by improving high school education. 3. Is working to provide vouchers to low-income students in persistently failing schools to help with costs of attending private schools. (Blocked in the Senate.) 4. Requires annual reading and math tests in grades three through eight. 5. Requires states to participate in the National Assessment of Education Progress, or an equivalent program, to establish a national benchmark for academic performance. 6. Requires school-by-school accountability report cards. 7. Established a $2.4 billion fund to help states implement teacher accountability systems. 8. Increased funding for the Troops-to-Teachers program, which recruits former military personnel to become teachers. Environment & Energy 1. Killed the Kyoto Global Warming Treaty. 2. Submitted a comprehensive Energy Plan (awaits Congressional action). The plan works to develop cleaner technology, produce more natural gas here at home, make America less dependent on foreign sources of energy, improve national grid, etc. 3. Established a $10 million grant program to promote private conservation initiatives. 4. Significantly eased field-testing controls of genetically engineered crops. 5. Changed parts of the Forestry Management Act to allow necessary cleanup of the national forests in order to reduce fire danger. 6. Part of national forests cleanup: Restricted judicial challenges (based on the Endangered Species Act and other challenges), and removed the need for an Environmental Impact Statement before removing fuels/logging to reduce fire danger. 7. Killed Clinton's CO2 rules that were choking off all of the electricity surplus to California. 8. Provided matching grants for state programs that help private landowners protect rare species. Defense & Foreign Policy 1. Successfully executed two wars in the aftermath of 9/11/01: Afghanistan and Iraq. 50 million people who had lived under tyrannical regimes now live in freedom. 2. Saddam Hussein is now in prison. His two murderous sons are dead. All but a handful of the regime's senior members were killed or captured. 3. Leader by leader and member by member, al Maida is being hunted down in dozens of countries around the world. Of the senior al Qaeda leaders, operational managers, and key facilitators the U.S. Government has been tracking, nearly two-thirds have been taken into custody or killed. The detentions or deaths of senior al Qaeda leaders, including Khalid Shaykh Muhammad, the mastermind of 9/11, and Muhammad Atef, Osama bin Laden's second-in-command until his death in late 2001, have been important in the War on Terror. 4. Disarmed Libya of its chemical, nuclear and biological WMD's without bribes or bloodshed. 5. Continues to execute the War On Terror, getting worldwide cooperation to track funds/terrorists. Has cut off much of the terrorists' funding, and captured or killed many key leaders of the al Qaeda network. 6. Initiated a comprehensive review of our military, which was completed just prior to 9/11/01, and which accurately reported that ASYMMETRICAL WARFARE capabilities were critical in the 21st Century. 7. Killed the old US/Soviet Union ABM Treaty that was preventing the U.S. from deploying our ABM defenses. 8. Has been one of the strongest, if not THE strongest friend Israel has ever hand in the U.S. presidency. 9. Part of the coalition for an Israeli/Palestinian "Roadmap to Peace," along with Great Britain, Russia and the EU. 10. Pushed through THREE raises for our military. Increased military pay by more than $1 billion a year. 11. Signed the LARGEST nuclear arms reduction in world history with Russia. 12. Started withdrawing our troops from Bosnia, and has announced withdrawal of our troops from Germany and the Korean DMZ. 13. Prohibited putting U.S. troops under U.N. command. 14. Paid back UN dues only in return for reforms and reduction of U.S. share of the costs. 15. Earmarked at least 20 percent of the Defense procurement budget for next-generation weaponry. 16. Increased defense research and development spending by at least $20 billion from fiscal 2002 to 2006. 17. Ordered a comprehensive review of military weapons and strategy. 18. Ordered a review of overseas deployments. 19. Ordered renovation of military housing. The military has already upgraded about 10 percent of its inventory and expects to modernize 76,000 additional homes this year. 20. Is working to tighten restrictions on military-technology exports. 21. Brought back our EP-3 intel plane and crew from China without any bribes or bloodshed. Globalization & Internationalism 1. Challenged the United Nations to live up to their responsibilities and not become another League of Nations (in other words, showed the UN to be completely irrelevant). 2. Killed U.S. involvement in the International Criminal Court. 3. Told the United Nations we weren't interested in their plans for gun control (i.e., the International Ban on Small Arms Trafficking Treaty).* 4. The only President since the founding of the UN to essentially tell that organization it is irrelevant. He said: "The conduct of the Iraqi regime is a threat to the authority of the United Nations, and a threat to peace. Iraq has answered a decade of UN demands with a decade of defiance. All the world now faces a test, and the United Nations a difficult and defining moment. Are Security Council resolutions to be honored and enforced, or cast aside without consequence? Will the United Nations serve the purpose of its founding, or will it be irrelevant?" We all know the outcome and the answer. 5. Told the Congress and the world, "America will never seek a permission slip to defend the security of our country." Government Reform 1. Improved government efficiency by putting hundreds of thousands of jobs put up for bid. This weakens public-sector unions and cuts undeserved pay raises. 2. Initiated review of all federal agencies with the goal of eliminating federal jobs (completed September 2003) in an effort to reduce the size of the federal government while increasing private sector jobs. 3. Led the most extensive reorganization the Federal bureaucracy in over 50 years: After 9/11, condensed 20+ overlapping agencies and their intelligence sectors into one agency, the Department of Homeland Security.* 4. Ordered each agency to draft a five-year plan to restructure itself, with fewer managers. 5. Converted federal service contracts to performance-based contracts wherever possible so that the contractor has measurable performance goals. Health 1. Strengthen the National Health Service Corps to put more physicians in the neediest areas, and make its scholarship funds tax-free. 2. Double the research budget of the National Institutes of Health. 3. Signed Medicare Reform, which includes: A 10-year privatization option. Prescription drug benefits: Prior to this reform, Medicare paid for extended hospital stays for ulcer surgery, for example, at a cost of about $28,000 per patient. Yet Medicare would not pay for the drugs that eliminate the cause of most ulcers, drugs that cost about $500 a year. Now, drug coverage under Medicare will allow seniors to replace more expensive surgeries and hospitalizations with less expensive prescription medicine. More health care choices: As President Bush stated, "…when seniors have the ability to make choices, health care plans within Medicare will have to compete for their business by offering higher quality service [at lower cost]. For the seniors of America, more choices and more control will mean better health care. These are the kinds of health care options we give to the members of Congress and federal employees. What's good for members of Congress is also good for seniors. New Health Savings Accounts: Effective January 1, 2004, Americans can set aside up to $4,500 every year, tax free, to save for medical expenses. Depending on your tax bracket, that means you'll save between 10 to 35 percent on any costs covered by money in your account. Every year, the money not spent would stay in the account and gain interest tax-free, just like an IRA. These accounts will be good for small business owners, and employees. More businesses can focus on covering workers for major medical problems, such as hospitalization for an injury or illness. At the same time, employees and their families will use these accounts to cover doctors visits, or lab tests, or other smaller costs. Some employers will contribute to employee health accounts. This will help more American families get the health care they need at the price they can afford. Homeland Security, Border Enforcement & Immigration 1. *See Government Reform above. Under President Bush's leadership, America has made an unprecedented commitment to homeland security. 2. Has CONSTRUCTION in process on the first 10 ABM silos in Alaska so that America will have a defense against North Korean nukes. Has ordered national and theater ballistic missile defenses to be deployed by 2004. 3. Announced a 9.7% increase in government-wide homeland security funding in his FY 2005 budget, nearly tripling the FY 2001 levels (excluding the Department of Defense and Project BioShield). 4. Before DHS was created, there were inspectors from three different agencies of the Federal Government and Border Patrol officers protecting our borders. Through DHS, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) now consolidates all border activities into a single agency to create "one face at the border." This not only better secures the borders of the United States, but it also eliminates many of the inefficiencies that occurred under the old system. With over 18,000 CBP inspectors and 11,000 Border Patrol agents, CBP has 29,000 uniformed officers on our borders. 5. The Border Patrol is continuing installation of monitoring devices along the borders to detect illegal activity. 6. Launched Operation Tarmac to investigate businesses and workers in the secure areas of domestic airports and ensure immigration law compliance. Since 9/11, DHS has audited 3,640 businesses, examined 259,037 employee records, arrested 1,030 unauthorized workers, and participated in the criminal indictment of 774 individuals. 7. Since September 11, 2001, the Coast Guard has conducted more than 124,000 port security patrols, 13,000 air patrols, boarded more than 92,000 vessels, interdicted over 14,000 individuals attempting to enter the United States illegally, and created and maintained more than 90 Maritime Security Zones. 8. Announced the Student and Exchange Visitor Information System (SEVIS), an internet-based system that is improving America's ability to track and monitor foreign students and exchange visitors. Over 870,000 students are registered in SEVIS. Of 285 completed field investigations, 71 aliens were arrested. 9. This week, the US-VISIT program began to digitally collect biometric identifiers to record the entry and exit of aliens who travel into the U.S on a visa. Together with the standard information, this new program will confirm compliance with visa and immigration policies. 10. Eliminated INS bureaucratic redundancies and lack of accountability. 11. Split the Immigration and Naturalization Service into two agencies: one to protect the border and interior, the other to deal with naturalization. 12. Signed the workplace verification bill to prevent hiring of illegal aliens. 13. Established a six-month deadline for processing immigration applications. 14. Information regarding nearly 100% of all containerized cargo is carefully screened by DHS before it arrives in the United States. Higher risk shipments are physically inspected for terrorist weapons and contraband prior to being released from the port of entry. Advanced technologies are being deployed to identify warning signs of chemical, biological, or radiological attacks. Since September 11, 2001, hundreds of thousands of first responders across America have been trained to recognize and respond to the effects of a WMD attack. Judiciary & Tort Reform 1. Is urging federal liability reform to eliminate frivolous lawsuits. 2. Killed the liberal ABA's unconstitutional role in vetting federal judges. The Senate is supposed to advise and consent, not the ABA. 3. Is nominating strong, conservative judges to the judiciary. 4. Supports class action reform bill which limits lawyer fees so that more settlement money goes to victims. Politics 1. His leadership resulted in Republican gains in the House and Senate, solidifying Republican control of both houses of Congress and the presidency. 2. Signed an EO enforcing the Supreme Court's Beck decision regarding union dues being used for political campaigns against individual's wishes. Second Amendment 1. Ordered Attorney General Ashcroft to formally notify the Supreme Court that the OFFICIAL U.S. government position on the 2nd Amendment is that it supports INDIVIDUAL rights to own firearms, and is NOT a Leftist-imagined "collective" right. 2. Signed TWO bills into law that arm our pilots with handguns in the cockpit. 3. Currently pushing for full immunity from lawsuits for our national gun manufacturers. 4. *See Globalization & Internationalism. Traditional Values, Compassion & Volunteerism 1. Endorses and promotes "The Responsibility Era." President Bush often speaks of the necessity of personal responsibility and civic volunteerism. He said, "In a compassionate society, people respect one another and take responsibility for the decisions they make in life. My hope is to change the culture from one that has said, if it feels good, do it; if you've got a problem, blame somebody else — to one in which every single American understands that he or she is responsible for the decisions that you make; you're responsible for loving your children with all your heart and all your soul; you're responsible for being involved with the quality of the education of your children; you're responsible for making sure the community in which you live is safe; you're responsible for loving your neighbor, just like you would like to be loved yourself." 2. Started the USA Freedom Corps, the most comprehensive clearinghouse of volunteer opportunities ever offered. For the first time in history, Americans can enter geographic information about where they want to get involved, such as state or zip code, as well as areas of interest ranging from education to the environment, and they can access volunteer opportunities offered by more than 50,000 organizations across the country and around the world. 3. Established the The White House Office and the Centers for the Faith-Based and Community Initiative — located in seven Federal agencies. The faith-based initiative supports the essential work of these important organizations. The goal is to make sure that grassroots leaders can compete on an equal footing for federal dollars, receive greater private support, and face fewer bureaucratic barriers. Work focuses on at-risk youth, ex-offenders, the homeless and hungry, substance abusers, those with HIV/AIDS, and welfare-to-work families. 4. The White House released a guidebook fully describing the Administration's belief that faith-based groups have a Constitutionally-protected right to maintain their religious identity through hiring — even when Federal funds are involved. 5. Issued an EO implementing the Supreme Court's Olmstead ruling, which requires moving disabled people from institutions to community-based facilities when possible. 6. Increased funding for low-interest loan programs to help people with disabilities purchase devices to assist them. 7. Revised the Department of Housing and Urban Development's Section 8 rent subsidies to disabled people, permitting them to use up to a year's worth of vouchers to finance down payments on homes. HUD has started pilot programs in 11 states. 8. Committed US funds to purchase medicine for millions of men, women and children now suffering with AIDS in Africa. 9. Heeding the words of our own Declaration of Independence, the president laid out the non-negotiable demands of human dignity for all people everywhere. On January 29, 2002, he said, "No nation owns these aspirations, and no nation is exempt from them. We have no intention of imposing our culture. But America will always stand firm for the non-negotiable demands of human dignity." As stated by the President, they are a virtual manifesto of conservative principles: Equal Justice Freedom of Speech Limited Government Power Private Property Rights Religious Tolerance Respect for Women Rule of Law
school classes what are good sign ups? i am signing up for my classes and i am having trouble i have already chosen spanish 1 and gym (bc they are required) i will most likely not even get my 3rd choice bc of the 2 electives but still, we have to sign up for 3. im stuck between drama and b&w photography. but b&w photo is only 1/2 credit so i would have to choose 2 so i was thinking family and community health but im not even sure what it is!? any help? and also what is team and duel sports? and any advise on gym? im pretty sure im NOT taking a shower with other girls!!
would you like to make some grammar, spelling or any other changes? Thanks...? The NMC (2004) states clearly in the code of professional conduct clause 3.2 that registered nurses midwives or specialist community public health nurse should respect patients’ autonomy. The RCN (1997 cited by Wheeler 2000) stated that the main aim of nursing practice is to empower patients to have more control over their lives. Also stated that nurses can speak up for patient when the nurse and patient relationship have constructed a programme of care. This indicates that nurses should have the sufficient clinical skills to assess and understand the patient problems and also should have the essential communication skills to communicate effectively with the patients to provide the patients with the necessary information to empower them to make informed choice and maintain their autonomy.
With my current high school resume can I get into the fallowing Universities? I am currently curious and looking to get some feedback about whether my current high school resume is good enough to get into these fallowing schools considering I want to be an INTERNATIONAL LAW MAJOR AND PLEASE DIRECTLY ADDRESS IF I CAN GET INTO GEORGE WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY ITS MY FIRST CHOICE? NYU Columbia Georgetown American University (Washington) Yale University of Michigan Ann-Arbor George Washington University (1st Choice) UC Berkley University of Virginia My Resume looks like this Weighted GPA 9th: 3.02 10th: 3.95 11th: 4.75 12th: 4.85 Unweighted GPA 9th: 3.02 10th: 3.86 11th: 4.0 12th: 4.0 Next these are my extracurriculars High School Forensics High Marks, and Winner at States 3 years in a row Junior High Forensics Judge Assistant Coach of Junior High Drama Mock Trial a Law Group that practice trials at Pitt University, and CMU went to States and was a Lawyer (highest position you can hold) Went to Governor School (extremely prestigious) to study International Relations at Pitt University Wrote for the school newspaper for 2 years Served as Student council President, and served in Student Council for 2 years Member of Quiz Bowl Team Member of Math League Member of the Science Olympiad Served as a volenteer at our Local Library for 2 years Participated as a member for The "Get Money Teach Kids" Campaign in Pittsburgh which was a program aimed at helping at-risk youth Participated as a member for "Coalition on Violence and Public Health" which was another initiative aimed at helping the urban youth Next these are my notable recommendations Professor Ali Agbhar professor of Linguistics and English at Indiana University of Pennsylvania and Georgetown Alum. (gives money to the college as well) gave me a recommendation Critique Allah managing editor of Original Thought Magazine gave me a recommendation Michael Muhmmad Knight noteable author and speaker on Islamic studies gave me a recommendation Sha-King Allah Cehum community activist, and founder of the "Coalition on Violence and Public Health" gave me a recommendation Adisa Banjoko CEO of the Hip-Hop Chess Federation, and Author gave me a recommendation Next these traits or activities are what make me unique I am a writer for the magazine Original Thought Magazine I am a writer for the magazine Anarcho-Syndicalist Review I speak Farsi the most demanded language by the Federal Goverment (remember I want to go into international law) at level 5 (AP Farsi) My SAT score was 2330
Will obama galvanize the pro-life community? The fact that Obama voted against providing medical assistance to infants that survive abortions even when Republicans in Illinois removed amendments that might infringe on Roe, shows that beneath the slick packaging of unity and post-partisanship, Obama is a doctrinaire liberal who ignored the plight of helpless infants because he was determined to satisfy each and every leftist special interest group. http://cornellsun.com/node/27624 On abortion, Obama could not be any more radical in his views. The reason goes even beyond Obama’s desire for public funding for abortion, which forces all taxpayers, pro-life and pro-choice, to support abortion without a choice of their own. Simply put, Obama will not protect infants who are born alive either from live birth abortions or botched abortions. Congress and President Bush overwhelmingly passed the Born-Alive Infants Protection Act in 2002, but in Illinois, Obama blocked similar legislation. He claimed in a Senatorial debate that he would have voted for the national version, but not the Illinois version, because it encroached on Roe v. Wade. However, the sponsor of the bill, Illinois Senator Richard Winkel (R), offered to amend the bill, making it identical to the federal version. Even with this amendment, Obama, chair of the Health and Human Services Committee at the time, refused to put the bill up for a vote. He instead let the bill die in committee, putting politics over the life of not the unborn, but the born. Not even Santorum could match that on the opposite end of the spectrum. Obama’s stance on abortion offers a preview of how liberal he really is. http://grizzlygroundswell.com/archives/1408 We have always maintained that we do not have a dog in the abortion rights fight, and that we would never take sides unless a viable political entity went to the extreme of (1) trying to outlaw all abortions or (2) legalizing the murder of viable infants. We do not share the primarily religious belief that a fertilized egg is a “life,” but we do not see why anyone needs a non-theraputic partial birth abortion either. A woman who wants to terminate her pregnancy voluntarily can do so during the first few months of pregnancy, before the fetus has developed significantly and also while the procedure is easier on the woman. If Barack Obama becomes the Democratic nominee, that will change. We will indeed have a dog in this fight, and Obama’s people will wish their campaign had met a Presa Canario, Rottweiler, or pit bull instead. We are confident that we can destroy Obama’s candidacy in Pennsylvania and possibly New York as long as we can get the cooperation of the active pro-life groups in both states, and there is no way Obama can win the election without these states. We are also confident that we will meet no significant resistance from pro-choice groups, because not many pro-choice people are going to associate their good names with infanticide: the killing of babies outside the uterus, as endorsed by Barack Obama. http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2008/02/01/opinion/main3779519.shtml While in the Illinois legislature, Obama opposed a Born-Alive Infants Bill. What this means is that when he, as a state legislator, was presented with the reality that babies who had survived abortions were being left to die, he would not raise his hand to provide those children legal protection. His reason: He didn’t want to cede ground to crazy pro-lifers. He warned: “Whenever we define a pre-viable fetus as a person that is protected by the Equal Protection Clause or the other elements in the Constitution, what we’re really saying is, in fact, that they are persons that are entitled to the kinds of protections that would be provided to a ... a child - a nine-month-old child that was delivered to term. That determination then, essentially, if it was accepted by a court, would forbid abortions to take place.”
What do you think about Guardianship's? A vulnerable person with either a serve mental illness (MI) and / or Developmentally Disabled (DD) may need a legal guardian to over see their wants and needs are being provided to them appropriately to increase their independents and choices and to advocate for them by acting as their voice to express their wants, needs and dreams and goals. Personal Center Plan PCP is a contract with the Community Mental Health (CMH) agency to determine what are the services a person may need to receive service to maintaining living independently or in a least restrictive environment. I have learned if you do not ask, you will not be provided with the available specialty Medicaid services Addition to, if you do not correctly ask for a service it does not exist, such as I requested Community support for my son, it does not exist, yet Community Living Support is the correct wording to ask for services. How is the person classified with CMH 1. Mental Illness (MI) 2. Developmentally Disable DD Some agency such as Michigan Protection advocacy , feel that guardianships are not nessecary, yet if a person can not speak for them self, how would a person request services. Addition to it had taken me 14 months with 3 adminstration hearing to achieve receiving the services my son needs to live in the least restrictive environment, I feel should automatically be provided with these service and not have to waste tax dollare battling for the services that are available and regulated under the federal public laws.
Regarding choice of career : Civil engineer in love with gaming and fitness? hey, well this is regarding my career. I'm a civil engineer by profession and graduated two years back. i have been working in a private company, which offers a neat package. so whats the problem? well thing is that I'm not passionate about my line. although my performance is quite good during my stay, I've really had it. i seem to find no interest whatsoever regarding civil engineering. since childhood I've been hooked on gaming. i am mad about games. and since two years have been hooked on fitness as well. i might have the fittest and muscled bod in my company due to regular cardio and weight lifting ( i make time in the evenings going to the gym and mornings jogging). others aren't interested at all in such stuff. others at the company (my friends, colleagues etc... ), naturally because they are passionate about civil engineering & not gym or gaming. they are all the time discussing technical stuff related to my field, and of course the company politics. some of my buddies are really passionate about the line and they even bring work from the office out here. now i don't have that kind of passion, that i would spend my evening studying new stuff or doing office work or reading a technical mag. in short i dislike technical stuff on the whole. now don't get me wrong. my performance is quite good. sometimes my seniors even praise my work in front of my colleagues. but on the whole i feel out of place in such a community, where technical discussions are part of excitement... now if i am asked to do something which i would love to do 24/7, i would be game development & design, or fitness as a profession, because whatever it is related to health, or games, i love reading it, no matter how complicated the topic may be. the thing is, careers in such fields are risky but im willing to take the leap. and the thought of 'belonging' will be there with people around me sharing the same interests as me. recently i am facing more and more frustrations, as i feel i don't wanna spend my life doing something which i don't enjoy, and ive already spent two years in the company. Please offer advice, suggestions on what path should i follow. should i stick to my technical engineering line, or do i break the barrier and pursue my dreams, and which one... game development or fitness.... and where to start off...
If you had the choice between homeless/hungry and being in prison, would you commit a crime for 3 hots & a cot? http://news.yahoo.com/s/ap/20081220/ap_on_re_us/motown_blues One measure of how tough times are in the Motor City: Some of the offenders in jail don't want to be released; some who do get out promptly re-offend to head back where there's heat, health care and three meals a day. "For the first time, I'm seeing guys make a conscious decision they'll be better off in prison than in the community, homeless and hungry," said Joseph Williams of New Creations Community Outreach, which assists ex-offenders. "In prison they've got three hots and a cot, so they commit a crime to go back in and come out when times are better." For now, better times seem distant. Even with no hurricane or other natural disaster to blame, Detroit has — by many measures — replaced New Orleans as America's most beleaguered city..... Please note, though unrelated to this question, Olin Moyle down below is not what he claims. I won't violate him for it, as he will just use that to claim he's being silenced.
Which is worse, obesity or a terrible credit rating? Both are, for the most part choices. Both cost the community money -- the obese person puts stress on the health care system and the financially irresponsible person is at risk for bankruptcy and having to rely on public assistance in their old age. We mock fat people. Shouldn't we mock financially irresponsible people too? Or maybe no one should mock anyone. There's a thought. thanks for the link, but I'm 100% debt free.
What do Healthy people die from? My mom smoked, drank, ate a horrible diet of fast food, and sweets. She volunteered in her community. She raised 2 kids. Had 11 siblings. She died of ovarian cancer, because it was hereditary. Not because of her diet choices, or other bad habits/behaviors. Health counselling for these behaviors would not have helped her. My biological father did not smoke, did not drink, raised his other kids, not me. He served his country. He worked hard, and cared about his kids. He died from cancer, from exposure to asbestos. Health counselling would have done him no good in his behaviors. My question is, why do you choose to be miserable, eating and doing things you wouldn't normally, to HOPEfully maintain good health, when you don't know what you will die from, that had nothing to do with what you eat, or how you exercise? What do healthy people die from? Thankfully, my cousins and aunts can have hysterectomys, or at least monitor their bodies accordingly. My parents should be here.
How can I make america more liberal? I'm a student with strong liberal values, and I'm really interested in changing our country to make it more liberal. I've noticed the huge inequalities between classes in our country, which is driven by extremely small goverment intervention. There is no universal health care, little social freedoms and too many christian based initiatives, along with a ludicrous war on 'terror'. What suggestions would people give me in terms of career choice, community activites etc. in which i could make america a more pleasant, equal, fair and just place to live? I'm not interested in hearing the opinions of conservative bush-lovers, so please just my liberal friends answer ths quesiton thanks :)
Health Freedom? I saw a similar question asked earlier, so most of mine is a repeat from here (http://answers.yahoo.com/question/index;_ylt=AjnTmRI2GyFjAkNFHyW7gvXsy6IX;_ylv=3?qid=20080718005954AAGmREK) My fundamental question is quite simple, do you think people have a fundamental human right to choose their healthcare?, or should experts make the correct choices for them? Many doctors I've talked to firmly believe they are entitled to protect people from their own stupidity. I hold the philosophy one can never be certain they are completely right, so as a result, any action that violates another's free will for a necessary good is suspect, and hence on philosophical grounds I'm opposed. On a more practical level, I've seen many cases of people being forced to use (clearly useless and sometimes harmful) medication and legally prohibited from using any other treatment (in my opinion for the ego or profit of the medical community).....so with that said, how do you feel about medical freedom?
Is an atheist be welcome in a Seventh Day Adventist church? I believe that this church is absolutely correct with regard to life style choices and health. I also like the community of people and consensus in belief. However, I do not believe in a personal God. Will the church members condemn me to Hell, or will I be accepted for the imperfect human that I am? Upon request, I am rewriting the question: If I go to a Sunday service of a Seventh Day Adventist church, will I be shuned when members discover that I am an atheist? Will I be harassed because I don't believe that a personal God exists? Will I be told that I will go to Hell? I will not go to this church if my atheism will obstruct me from participating with members. I do not want to pretend or lie about my beliefs.
History Multiple Choice? A:) 1. Anti-Vietnam War protests broke out on college campuses from New York to California from the late 1960s through the early 1970s. Since college students were the same age of the young men being drafted into the war and many had friends that had died while serving, many students felt duty-bound to protest the war. The worst of the protests occurred May 1-4, 1970 at A. Ohio State University B. Kent State University C. Ohio University D. Miami University 2. As a result of the Montgomery bus boycott, A. Martin Luther King, Jr. attracted national attention B. The public transportation system in Montgomery was desegregated C. It showed the power of peaceful resistance D. All of the above 3. In Brown v. Board of Education (1954), the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that racial segregation in public schools was unconstitutional and that schools must integrate with all deliberate speed. What was the effect of the Court’s ruling? A. By the late 1960s, segregation was no longer the official policy in most schools. B. The ruling led to increased segregation. C. Since schools were already integrated, the Court’s ruling had little effect. D. Racial segregation in schools ended immediately. 4. The Brown v. Board of Education decision in 1954 did which of the following? A. Struck down the principal of “separate but equal” in schools. B. Provided for segregated schools based on race. C. Supported the Plessy v. Ferguson decision of 1896. D. Allowed for male and female students to attend the same schools. 5. In 1977, advocates for people with disabilities staged a series of protest demonstrations across the country. These demonstrations urged enforcement of anti-discrimination legislation. The demonstrations continued a pattern of protests for equal treatment under the law influenced by A. anti-war protests during the Vietnam War. B. Civil rights marches of the 1950s and 1960s. C. Farm labor strikes of the 1960s. D. Ku Klux Klan rallies of the 1920s. 6. Malcolm X’s beliefs in the early 1960s differed from Dr. Martin Luther King’s in that Malcolm X felt A. Blacks should be willing to fight for equal rights. B. Whites and blacks would eventually be able to exist together. C. Only through nonviolent resistance could blacks gain their rights. D. All of the above 7. By 1968, Americans public opinion about the Vietnam War was divided into two main groups: hawks and doves. A hawk was someone who A. supported the war. B. was in the Army. C. opposed the war. D. remained neutral about the war. 8. During the 1960s, the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE) organized Freedom Rides throughout the South to end segregation on interstate bus routes. James Farmer, national director of CORE at that time, described in an interview one of the strategies used by the Freedom Riders: "We felt that one of the weaknesses of the student sit-in movement in the South was that as soon as arrested, students were bailed out. A better tactic would have been to remain in jail. Fill up the jails, as Gandhi did in India, fill them to bursting if we had to. In other words, stay in without bail." James Farmer’s statement would be a credible source of information about a strategy used during the civil rights movement because A. it is free of bias. B. it was published in a book. C. he was a civil rights leader. D. he uses statistics to support his opinions. 9. One of the first important waves in rock music in the 1960s was something called the "British Invasion," which essentially started in 1964. A band primarily associated with this wave was A. The Supremes B. The Beatles C. The Doors D. The Grateful Dead 10. The counterculture movement of the 1960s was A. an effort to promote aspects of refined culture (such as classical music). B. the result of a younger generation breaking away from traditional values. C. entirely unsuccessful as most “hippies” were incarcerated for drug use. D. an organization in which the main goal was to protest the Vietnam War B:) 1. What has been one of the greatest obstacles to achieving racial integration of public schools in the United States? A. Federal courts have avoided dealing with public education. B. Many cities have local laws requiring children of different races to attend different schools. C. Separate but equal public education is still legal in many states. D. Segregated housing patterns are still common in many communities. 2. By the end of the Civil Rights Movement in the 1970s, African Americans have generally A. Found it difficult to move up from the lower class. B. Prospered as part of the upper class in the U.S. C. Done very well as part of the middle class. D. Blended into mainstream America. 3. The organization that instituted education, health,
History Multiple Choice Questions? 1. What has been one of the greatest obstacles to achieving racial integration of public schools in the United States? A. Federal courts have avoided dealing with public education. B. Many cities have local laws requiring children of different races to attend different schools. C. Separate but equal public education is still legal in many states. D. Segregated housing patterns are still common in many communities. 2. By the end of the Civil Rights Movement in the 1970s, African Americans have generally A. Found it difficult to move up from the lower class. B. Prospered as part of the upper class in the U.S. C. Done very well as part of the middle class. D. Blended into mainstream America. 3. The organization that instituted education, health, and legal programs for Native Americans was the A. American Indian Movement (AIM) B. Congress of Racial Equality (CORE) C. Federal Bureau of Indian Affairs ( FBIA) D. Native American Legal Fund ( FALF) 4. What was one perspective of African-Americans that was reflected in the founding of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP)? A. the desire to preserve cultural traditions B. the desire to end racial discrimination C. the belief that segregation was necessary to maintain social order D. the belief that collective bargaining would lead to higher incomes 5. The National Organization for Women (NOW) was founded A. as part of women’s involvement in the abolitionist movement prior to the Civil War. B. To help women fight for the right to vote during the early twentieth century. C. As part of the women’s movement of the 1960’s to gain fulfillment in their lives. D. To help women overcome AIDS in the 1990’s. 6. In 1964, President Lyndon Johnson persuaded Congress to pass the Civil Rights Act, which outlawed racial discrimination in public places, such as theaters, cafeterias and hotels. This was an attempt to A. maintain poll taxes for African-Americans. B. stop African-American northward migration. C. end segregation legalized by Jim Crow laws. D. segregate public busing in major American cities. 7. In the 19th century, many Americans considered Native Americans to be inferior to people of European ancestry. This resulted in discrimination and conflict between European settlers and Native Americans. One consequence of this discrimination was that many Native Americans were A. displaced from their former homelands. B. prevented from trading with European settlers. C. Forced to maintain their cultural heritage. D. Persecuted for killing buffalo on the great plains. 8. The Indian Tribal Justice Act of 1993 is an example of federal civil rights legislation. Read the following excerpt from the act: “Indian tribes possess the inherent authority to establish their own form of government, including tribal justice systems ... traditional tribal justice practices are essential to the maintenance of the culture and identity of Indian tribes.” This act was an attempt to redress the consequences of A. the use of internment camps during World War II. B. past government policies that oppressed and discriminated against Native Americans. C. granting citizenship to Native Americans under the 1924 General Citizenship Act. D. Jim Crow legislation enacted by southern states during the late 1800s and early 1900s. 9. Although the 14th Amendment to the Constitution extended the rights of citizenship to “all persons” born or naturalized in the United States, discrimination on the basis of gender still existed throughout much of the country during the late 1800s. Which was a consequence of this discrimination? A. the end of the military draft for women B. The growth of the women’s suffrage movement C. the beginning of sit-ins to desegregate lunch counters D. the continuation of efforts to end university admissions quotas 10. In the late 19th century many Southern states passed Jim Crow laws. What was the purpose of these laws? A. To encourage businesses to hire African Americans. B. To legalize racial segregation. C. To encourage higher education for children in Southern states. D. To end racial segregation in public schools. 11. Hispanic-American Farm workers organized the United Farm Workers to persuade farm owners to treat them more fairly. One perspective of these workers was A. their belief that the owners’ unfair hiring practices denied them equal opportunity for employment B. their belief that immigration laws should be tightened. C. their belief that women should not work on farms. D. their belief that farm laborers should become stockholders in the farms on which they worked. 12. What was the perspective of women who founded the National Organization for Women (NOW) in 1966? A. Women wanted to receive equal pay a
Just lost all will and jest to be bothered anymore,i have borderline,help? Im 33 had a rocky year,was diagnosed with Borderline personality disorder almost 3 years ago,i have had 3 years of counselling and ive just started a month ago intensive pyschotheraphy 3 sessions a week which im very lucky to be offered on the nhs before i paid myself(was living overseas anyway)the last 4-5 months ive been very down,split from my boyfriend 3 mths ago- whom was overseas where i met him,i only came back one year ago,i came back to start uni,now i have deferred to start my theraphy,so i have had a lot of changes, and it took time to settle back into uk,start over again.But my depression just gets worse over the last several months ive taken 6 overdoses although i know really i dont want to die,ive been on a pysch ward for 2 weeks but by choice,i see a social worker(my care co-ordinater at my community mental health team, every week and he is great,but its no good now people telling me to exercise,go for a walk,see a friend, go shopping, read, do volunteer work,do this do that,i can not be bothered at all, its like i have just given up completely, im tearfull,eating less,smoking more,i feel constantly bored, i feel like i want to just escape ,be rescued,just be under the duvet, i know only me can save me but i cant see an end, or how the hell to do it? im on meds,they used to make me feel better? i am seeing my pysch next week i dont normally see her much we dont get on great,my social worker talks to her,shes going to review my meds but im very very doubtfull as ive asked so many times before( shes not keen on what my pysch overseas put me on plus there worrying of course about overdosing- ive only just been allowed a week supply at a time, Any body have any help i cant stand this pain - i dont work for the first time in my life ,as my treatment is so intensive and take up to 2 hours to reach,im living on benefits, which is ok ,im ok about it now as ive worked hard for the last 16 years, i want to get well and be happy , sorry its so long, thanks in advance i have a good diet,plus take omega 3,vit b 3- for my hormones im not religious,and because of the stigma dont share my mental illness with my very new friends around me-my family are over two hours away,im close to one sister but i dont share much i feel ashamed about some of my behaviour-the o/D ,self harm
If 65% of the US population is overweight then why is size-ism so rampant? I admit I'm overweight but I am working on it. Why are we so cruel to people? For some of it is choice, yes, but for others it's medical conditions (thyroid), of others it's triggered by mental health issues (depression, anxiety, OCD). Why do overweight peole tolerate this? Why do non-overweight people contribute/perpetuate it? I will warn you if you hit answer this question and spew a mess of cruel fat jokes I will not hesitate to report you because you will be in violation of community guidelines. Some good answers so far. Tim: I'm with you buddy:) Eric: Thanks for the encouragement:) Sybil: Be proud of yourself. You're sitting where I hope to be next year. (100 pounds lighter). Consider yourself a roll model :) Siksika: Thanks for sharing :)
I need a simple weight-loss diet with basic foods. Help!? I have gained 20 lbs. due to my thyroid. I am now on meds but the weight isn't dropping. I've increased my activity level, but the diet is still bad. I only like simple foods like meat, breads (love the carbs!), few veggies (only cooked) like broccoli, beans, cauliflower, potatoes and few fruits (strawberries, bananas, apples, grapes). I live in a rural community now with one grocery store... I can't even find chicken there safe enough to eat! What can I do with such limited food choices??? Health food is very scarce in the entire county here... I hate it!
How would life be if the concept of «productivity» didn't exist? Many of the critical choices and actions taken by employers and employees at the moment are productivity or efficiency-based. The impacts of valuing performance and task rather than the person or its environment are important although often neglected or dismissed. If a company, just for once, decided to always act upon what is best for the global health and satisfaction of its employees and community rather than to increase its profits, what would happen? Could everyone benefit more from this than what it looks like at first hand? What may seem a waste of time (and money for many!) is maybe a management orientation to seek out for its advantages that outweight the perceived losses?... What do YOU think?
What do you think of the following article? EXTRA HELP When Special Education Goes Too Easy on Students Parents Say Schools Game System, Let Kids Graduate Without Skills By JOHN HECHINGER and DANIEL GOLDEN August 21, 2007; Page A1 GREENPORT, N.Y. -- On June 25, 2006, Michael Bredemeyer threw his tasseled cap in the air and cheered after getting his high school diploma. Two days later, his parents mailed the diploma back. [More Data on Mainstreaming] * * * Plus, read more about the challenges of integrating special-needs students, at WSJ.com/Mainstreaming. Michael, now 19 years old, has learning disabilities and finished high school at a seventh-grade reading level, despite scoring above average on IQ tests. The Bredemeyers say he passed some classes because teachers inflated his grades and accepted poor work. By awarding him a meaningless diploma, they say, school officials avoided paying for ongoing instruction. "I felt proud because he had worked so hard," says Michael's mother, Beverly, her voice breaking. "You don't want to take that away from him. But you knew it wasn't real. What's he going to do in the future? Will he be able to go to college and get a job?" The Bredemeyers represent a new voice in special education: parents disappointed not because their children are failing, but because they're passing without learning. These families complain that schools give their children an easy academic ride through regular-education classes, undermining a new era of higher expectations for the 14% of U.S. students who are in special education. Years ago, schools assumed that students with disabilities would lag behind their non-disabled peers. They often were taught in separate buildings and left out of standardized testing. But a combination of two federal laws, adopted a quarter-century apart, have made it national policy to hold almost all children with disabilities to the same academic standards as other students. The 1975 statute now known as the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act promoted putting special-education students in mainstream classrooms. The 2001 No Child Left Behind Act said schools would be punished if disabled children don't pass the same state tests as other students. It also requires states to set standards for high-school graduation rates and meet them for all students, including those with disabilities. By some measures, the extra attention is paying off. Test scores and classroom grades of disabled students are rising, and their high-school graduation rate increased to 54% in 2004 from 42% in 1996. But critics say some of the gains have come because schools have learned to game the system. For instance, federal rules allow states to make "reasonable accommodations" to help disabled students pass tests and graduate, such as allowing extra time on exams. Some schools, say critics, are giving students too much help, for instance by guiding students to the right answers on multiple-choice tests. MAKING THE GRADE • The Issue: Some parents of students with learning disabilities say their children are graduating too easily. • The Background: Federal laws raised school standards, but left loopholes. Increasingly, special-education students get special help to pass tests. • The Problem: If schools game the system, those students move on without the skills they need. From 2000 to 2005, special-education fourth graders showed more improvement in reading and math than the general population on an important benchmark test, the National Assessment of Educational Progress. But accommodations also increased. In 2005, 70% of fourth-grade special education students received some sort of accommodation while taking the math portion, up from 44% five years earlier. In reading, 63% used accommodations in 2005, up from 29% in 2000. On tests used to measure compliance with No Child Left Behind, more states are permitting students with disabilities to use calculators on arithmetic tests or have reading-comprehension tests be read aloud. Massachusetts education commissioner David Driscoll warned school administrators in February that an alarming number of special education students -- a quarter or half in some cases -- were receiving such accommodations on state exams. With unclear guidelines, "People start driving trucks through loopholes," he said in an interview. Some school districts have an informal policy against failing students with disabilities even if they miss many classes or aren't learning. "I can go into any school we represent and have somebody tell me we have to pass special education students" to avoid being blamed for not providing the right services if students fail, says Janet Horton, a Texas special-education attorney. Federal law says special-education students should receive a "free appropriate public education," but it doesn't prohibit failing them. Mardys Leeper and Carol Merrill, former teachers at West Philadelphia High School in Pennsylvania, say a special-education administrator there ordered them to pass special-education students. Ms. Leeper says she made concessions for students with disabilities, such as letting them write shorter essays or copy paragraphs she wrote onto a word processor rather than composing their own. But when those students didn't make an effort, or skipped class, both teachers say they sometimes sought to fail them -- only to have the administrator insist on passing grades. The reason they were given: Students had met the goals of their federally mandated individual education plans, IEPs, spelling out goals and services for each special-education student. "Students who weren't even participating, even trying, we couldn't fail them," says Ms. Merrill, an English teacher who retired this year. Even if they couldn't read, "I had to give them a 'D.'" The administrator couldn't be reached for comment. Brenda Taylor, head of special education for the Philadelphia school district, called the matter a "breakdown in communication." The district has no written policy against failing special-education students, she says. But rather than being "punitive" if a student performs poorly or cuts class, she says, the district prefers to revise a student's IEP. "We're not in the business of failing students," Ms. Taylor says. Only 19 states require all students to earn the same kind of diploma, according to a recent University of Minnesota survey. Some of those states let special-education students amass fewer course credits to earn the degree, the survey found. Other states give substitute certificates, in some cases called IEP diplomas, to special-education students who don't qualify for standard diplomas. Many special-education parents are happy to see their children advance through school and graduate. Reggie Felton, director of federal policy for the National School Boards Association, says special-education students learn more in regular classes even if they're given a break on assignments or grading. The federal government recently decided to triple the percentage of students allowed to take easier tests, to 3% from 1%. Some legislators have proposed exempting more students. But the rebellion against too-easy passing is growing, says Pam Wright, who with her husband has co-authored books on special education issues and operates a Virginia-based information clearinghouse for special-education parents. She estimates she now receives more than 1,000 email messages a year from parents lamenting that their children with disabilities take mainstream courses but aren't being taught as much as their classmates. Dozens of parents have contended in recent administrative appeals that their children did not deserve the diplomas they received, she says. The family of Alba Somoza, who has cerebral palsy and speaks only with the help of a computer, filed one such case. Alba drew national attention in the 1990s when her family successfully pushed to include the then-third grader in a regular classroom. Then-President Bill Clinton backed her cause, and Alba, now 23, graduated with honors from a New York City high school in 2002. Last year, Alba and her family filed an administrative case claiming her education was a sham. A school report prepared weeks before she graduated showed she had language and math skills at an elementary school level, court records show. "You cannot shunt children through -- you cannot scam them through the system," says Alba's mother, Mary. [Michael Bredemeyer] Since shortly after she graduated, New York has been paying for a special program for Alba that costs $400,000 a year -- including a full-time teacher, an aide, transportation and extensive technology. The city says it is doing so out of compassion, not legal obligation. The family is seeking to continue the public funding another year to help Alba receive enough education to work as a museum docent. The Somozas lost the administrative case, but a judge in U.S. District Court in Manhattan ruled in the family's favor earlier this year and ordered another hearing. Rather than develop a program that would help Alba reach her academic goals, teachers lowered the curriculum's "level of difficulty" and removed "large and meaningful portions of its substantive content," the judge said. One teacher testified that he did most of the work on Alba's final project in 2002. New York officials say the school properly adapted the curriculum for a severely disabled student. In northern California, Jennifer McGowan, an 18-year-old who is deaf in one ear and suffers from attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and learning disabilities, was supposed to graduate from Vacaville Unified School District in June. She didn't get her diploma -- because her family won a court injunction to stop it. In an interview, Jennifer said she often received A or B grades for poorly completed work or, at times, when she didn't do assignments at all or show up for class. Achievement tests she took in January 2005 showed that she had the math and reading skills of an elementary-school student, according to her administrative complaint. The school district denies her grades were inflated and said she showed her proficiency by passing a high-school exit exam. John Aycock, Vacaville's superintendent, said teachers did "a great job working with Jennifer." Jennifer says she failed the exit exam several times despite intensive preparation. "They just wanted to pass me and let me fly by," she says. The school system says it's not unusual to make several attempts to pass. At the Mercer Island school district in Washington state, the family of a girl with severe learning disabilities complains that, instead of the intense instruction she needed to master reading and math in eighth and ninth grades, teachers showered her with accommodations: a peer note-taker, a peer to read materials to her, oral exams, reduced assignments and a calculator on math tests. At an administrative hearing, the family -- whose names are not disclosed in the court papers -- sought to force the school system to pay for her private schooling. Noting her strong A and B grades, the district successfully argued that accommodations were helping her learn. In U.S. District Court in Seattle, a judge hearing an appeal of the case disagreed last year, saying the system improperly relied on accommodations rather than instruction, and has returned the case to a hearing officer to determine financial relief for the family. Boxes of school correspondence and Michael Bredemeyer's old tests and assignments line the hallways of his family's weather-beaten saltbox house in Orient, N.Y., on Long Island's North Fork. Michael's parents are demanding public funding for more services until age 21, to which students are entitled unless they graduate, so he can improve his academic skills for college. John Bredemeyer, a county public-health inspector, and his wife, Beverly, had high hopes for Michael, who has a strong work ethic and a knack for repairing machines. But once he entered public middle school in nearby Greenport, his parents worried that teachers were letting him skate through classes and tests. Michael, who has attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and learning disabilities including dyslexia, says in some classes he "definitely earned" a passing grade, but others were "borderline." He took regular classes except for one period a day. "A little more one-on-one" instruction would have helped, he says. On state achievement exams, Michael's IEP permitted him extra time, simplified instructions and guidance from a teacher to slow him down if he rushed through answers. But when he completed the eighth-grade math test, his special-education teacher also took him to the resource room and directed him to redo problems he had answered incorrectly. According to a memo from Greenport Superintendent Charles Kozora, the teacher "exceeded the intent" of Michael's accommodations, boosting his score. The state investigated and invalidated Michael's test. [Revolt] Mr. Kozora said the school system had only two cases of testing irregularities in six years, few conflicts with parents over special education and "many successes" among students with disabilities. The district says achievement, and not cost, dictates its decisions on graduating students. When Michael was a junior at Greenport High, his chemistry teacher passed him with the minimum grade of 65, even though he says he spent much of the class doodling and playing solitaire on his laptop. Checking his assignments and tests, his parents couldn't understand how he could be passing. In a letter, the school principal acknowledged that the final grade was a "miscalculation" and should have been 56.6, or an F. The school offered to let him make up his lost credits by volunteering in the town library. When his parents balked, he was instead placed in courses in sociology and psychology. On one psychology pop quiz, five of Michael's seven answers were marked wrong, but a failing grade was crossed out on the paper and a passing score of 65 was substituted. The school district declined comment. For a senior English assignment, he received an A for one untitled paragraph. "I believe competition today has changed dramatically," he wrote. "Back in the day, sports was some of the only sports that had competition. Today, everyone wants to compete and only be successful. School work, school sports, major league sports, all involve high amounts of success and competition. Competition today has become very extreme." His English teacher, Michael Connolly, said he didn't remember the assignment and had no comment on the grade. On standardized tests, Michael had mixed results: On the SATs, which have a 200 to 800 scale, Michael received 330 and then 370 in two tries on the reading test, in the bottom 10% of all students nationally. On math, he scored 460 both times. He failed two state exams and passed five others. His school grades put him in the bottom one-third of his class. A month before graduation, the Bredemeyers debated whether he should accept the degree. "I wanted to have it," Michael says. "Get it and forget it." On graduation day, a school band played "Pomp and Circumstance." Michael's parents, his sister, his grandmother, aunts and uncles watched as he walked up to the podium and a school official handed him a purple diploma case with his name etched in gold letters. Michael says he knew his parents might not let him keep it. "I had a feeling they'd do something like that," he said, shrugging. "I'll eventually get it back, one of these days, months, years." This summer, Michael has been mowing lawns and picking up trash at a state park for $9 an hour. This fall, he plans to enter his second year at Suffolk County Community College, which does not require a high-school diploma. Last semester at Suffolk, he received a D-plus in freshman composition, D's in statistics and Western Civilization and an F in the history of rock 'n' roll. Write to John Hechinger at john.hechinger@wsj.com and Daniel Golden at dan.golden@wsj.com RELATED ARTICLES AND BLOGS Related Content may require a subscription | Subscribe Now -- Get 2 Weeks FREE Related Articles from the Online Journal • The Kids Are All Right • School Choice and Racial Balance • Back to Failing Schools • Tort-a-licious: The Trials of Law School Blog Posts About This Topic • SaukValley.com - Serving Dixon, Sterling & Rock Falls saukvalley.com • August 14, 2007 edspresso.com More related content Powered by Sphere
which course should i take? pls help me plan my future!? I'm the type of person who likes learning about nutrition and keeping a person looking good. I also like creating products like innovative food products and cosmetic products. I want to sell these products. But i'm scared that it would be hard to earn from a job like that. So my 2nd choice would be to become a hospital dermatologist and if i'm really good i can start my own business of selling beauty products and maybe offer cosmetic surgeries. But if i dont sell products and remain as a hospital dermatologist, will i earn a lot? This is in the philippines. Management of applied chemistry: This innovative program is the first of its kind in the Philippines and is a combination of two unlikely partners: Management and Chemistry. It aims to develop managers and entrepreneurs with a strong technical background and a working familiarity with the chemical processes used in manufacturing operations. Success in business and in chemistry usually requires a combination of practicality, creativity, discipline, and exactness. These are the qualities and skills that the program hopes to impart through a four-year curriculum that covers Management, Chemistry, Chemical Engineering, and Computers. This program has a strong hands-on and project orientation. Chemistry will be taught from a more applied perspective, and laboratory courses will have more practical experiments that will require individual work by students. The centerpiece if the program is a sequence of courses that will allow the students to use marketing research to identify unfilled niches in the market, go to the laboratory to design the product that will fill this niche, and then prepare a business plan to launch and market this new product. Students who intend to work in business dealing with chemistry-based products � such as pharmaceuticals, processed foods, rubber, and plastic � will benefit from the sort of training providing by this program. Health Science: The Health Sciences Program offers the Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences, an honor’s degree. It is designed for future health professionals and physicians who aspire to continue their training at the Ateneo School of Medicine and Public Health (ASMPH). The program requires a total of 162 academic units. The Core Curriculum provides a foundation for using the multi-disciplinary approach in the study of health. This approach is further deepened through relevant course offerings in the social sciences and management. The courses hve been arranged in a sequential manner to enable to student to appreciate the disciplines as they relate to each other in the context of health. The program also draws strength from its close coordination with the Health Unit of the Ateneo Graduate School of Business, The Leaders for Health Program and The Medical City. The Curriculum The program requires a total of 162 academic units: 75 units of core courses and 87 units of major courses. The Core Curriculum provides a foundation for using the multi-disciplinary approach in the study of health. This approach is further deepened through relevant course offerings in the social sciences and management. The courses have been arranged in a sequential manner to enable to student to appreciate the disciplines as they relate to each other in the context of health. All the offerings in the undergraduate college years and the M&PH phase will revolve around three main areas: • Medicine and the Individual – which refers to Clinical Medicine Training. Basic courses in Biology, Chemistry, Physics and Math will be taught in the pre-professional phase. Mentoring is an integral part of the program. • Medicine and Population – which refers to the Public Health components of health and communities. • Medicine and Society – which refers to the application of other disciplines in the Social Sciences, Humanities and Management to the area of health. If at some point the student decides not to become a physician, the program has been designed to provide the necessary training for a graduate to pursue a career in the heath sector other than being a physician.
before anyone says anything i'm from the east end of glasgow so this is allowed!!! LOL! funny or not??? As you may know, the East End of Glasgow will be hosting the Commonwealth Games in 2014. What you may not know, is that many aspects of the games have been especially altered to embrace the culture of the area. A copy of these changes has been leaked and is reproduced below. OPENING CEREMONY The flame will be ignited by a petrol bomb thrown by a native of the city. The flame will be contained in a large, overturned police van situated on the roof of the stadium. THE EVENTS In previous Commonwealth games Glaswegian competitors have not been particularly successful. In order to redress the balance some of the events have been altered slightly to the advantage of local athletes. 100 Metres Sprint - Competitors will have to hold a DVD player and microwave oven (one under each arm) and on the sound of the starting pistol a police dog will be released from a cage 10 yards behind the athletes. 110 Metres hurdles - As above, but with added obstacles (car bonnets, hedges, garden fences, walls, etc). Hammer - Competitors may choose the type of hammer they wish to use (claw, sledge, etc). The winner will be the one who can cause the most physical damage within three attempts. Fencing - Entrants will be asked to dispose of as many stolen goods as possible in 5 minutes. Shooting - A strong challenge is expected from local men in this event. The first target will be a moving police van. In the second round competitors will aim at a Securicor officer. The traditional .22 rifle has been replaced in this event by a choice of either a Browning automatic pistol, or a sawn-off 12 bore shotgun. Boxing - Entry to the boxing event will be restricted to husband and wife teams and will take place on a Friday night. The husband will be given 15 pints of Stella, while the wife will be told not to make him any tea when he gets home. The bout will then commence. Cycling Time Trials - Competitors will be asked to break in to the University bike shed and take an expensive mountain bike owned by some mummy's boy on his first trip away from home, all against the clock. Cycling pursuit - As above, but the bike will be owned by a visiting member of the Fiji rugby sevens team, who will witness the theft. Modern Pentathlon - Amended to include mugging, breaking and entering, flashing, joyriding and arson. Swimming Events - All waterways are currently being tested for toxicity levels. Once one is found that can support human life, swimming events will be organised. Please note that the synchronised swimming event for this year will comprise of dropping acid and watching all the funky ripples on the pool. The Marathon - A safe route has yet to be found. Men's 50km Walk - Unfortunately, this event will have to be cancelled as the police cannot guarantee the safety of anyone walking the streets of Dalmarnock, especially anyone who appears to be mincing. THE CLOSING CEREMONY Entertainment will include formation rave dancing by members of Calton Health in the Community anti-drug campaign, synchronised rock throwing and music by The Bridgeton Community Choir. The flame will be extinguished by riot police water cannon following the inevitable pitch invasion by confused Celtic supporters. The stadium itself will then be boarded up before the local athletes break in and remove all the copper piping and the central heating boiler. To guarantee the entry of any athletes from the local area at all, drug testing has been waived for the duration of the games.
Do undocumented immigrants greatly add to the crime in the U.S. after crossing illegally? "Notwithstanding the mayor's allegation that illegal immigrants caused the upsurge in Hazleton's crime rate, police records introduced in court show that undocumented immigrants were only involved in approximately twenty (20) of the more than eight thousand five hundred (8,500) crimes committed since 2001. Hence, no factual basis for the ordinance" Copyright Filipino Reporter Aug 3-Aug 9, 2007 ABAD CONSTANCIO & MALLONGA, LLC ON July 26, 2007, Federal Judge James Munley, in a 206-page decision, declared Hazleton's anti-immigrant ordinances as unconstitutional and issued a temporary order blocking the enforcement of said ordinances. Judge Munley wrote: "The City could not enact an ordinance that violates rights the Constitution guarantees to every person in the U.S., whether legal resident or not. The genius of our Constitution is that it provides rights even to those who evoke the least sympathy from the general public. In that way, all in this nation can be confident of equal justice under its laws. Hazleton, in its zeal to control the presence of a group deemed undesirable (illegal immigrants), violated the rights of such people, as well as others within the community. Since the United States Constitution protects even the disfavored, the ordinances cannot be enforced." (The Hazleton case is Lozano v. Hazleton and is in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania.) Background. Citing the upsurge of illegal immigrants as the primary reason in the unprecedented increase in murders and drug-related crimes, overcrowded schools districts and rising health care costs, the mayor and City Council of Hazleton, Pennsylvania in 2006 enacted an ordinance into law entitled the "Illegal Immigration Relief Act." More specifically, said law would a) deny licenses to businesses that knowingly employ illegal immigrants; and, b) fine landlords $1,000.00 for each illegal immigrant renting their properties. Another measure would have required renters to obtain permits from City Hall that would declare to landlords that they are in the U.S. legally. Also, for employers to do a background check with the Bureau of Immigration and Enforcement on its employees. What's really going on here? Simply put, the ordinance in question sought to portray its immigrant population as the scapegoat for the city's economic and social shortcomings. What is troubling about the ordinance is that - as revealed during the course of trial - the mayor and City Council rushed to pass the law without conducting any research. Notwithstanding the mayor's allegation that illegal immigrants caused the upsurge in Hazleton's crime rate, police records introduced in court show that undocumented immigrants were only involved in approximately twenty (20) of the more than eight thousand five hundred (8,500) crimes committed since 2001. Hence, no factual basis for the ordinance. Impact of Hazleton's Anti-Immigrant Law. Nonetheless, when Hazleton passed its anti-immigrant bill in 2006, it became the blueprint for similar acts passed by some 80 cities and municipalities across the U.S. in a bid to stop illegal immigration. The Hazleton law became the lightning rod for a growing movement among state and city officials in the fight against illegal immigration. In many instances, however, these local laws have deprived individuals of due process by terminating employment or housing without a proper hearing. And the real reason behind the upsurge of these anti-immigrant bills and laws? It is the perceived inability of the federal government to enforce existing immigration laws, as well as enact meaningful immigration laws to address the issue of undocumented aliens. Proponents of this anti-immigrant bill argue that when Congress and the federal authorities are incapable of controlling the effects of illegal immigration, then state and local governments should be able to act on the problem at. their level. Judge Munley, however, concluded that the enactment of such laws by municipalities usurp federal power. "Whatever frustrations... the City of Hazleton may feel about the current state of federal immigration enforcement, the nature of the political system in the U.S. prohibits the city from enacting ordinances that disrupt a carefully drawn statutory scheme." Stated otherwise, only the federal government can write and revise immigration laws, not local municipalities. The high profile Hazleton case highlights a national problem: what to do with the estimated 12 million or so undocumented aliens currently residing in the U.S.? Again, unless Congress finds the political will to enact a meaningful comprehensive immigration law that addresses the issue of undocumented aliens, then we shall continue to see the proliferation of various Hazleton-inspired anti-immigrant ordinances being enacted across the nation and the continued portrayal of all immigrants as the scapegoat for the nation's economic and social problems. "Lex Fuhgeddaboutit," a.k.a. "Let's Forget About it": Lex is the Latin word for law and Fuhgeddaboutit is the American slang for "forget about it, " to tell someone not to worry about something; no problem. For example, my work permit expires in a week, and I also haven't filed my tax returns. Answer: Eh, Fuhgeddaboutit! In life, the wrong turns or dead-ends one faces - more often than not - are the result of the attitude embodied in the word "Fuhgeddaboutit!" An educated choice is, therefore, crucial. This column aims to erode such an attitude by helping clarify the legal issues that affect our daily lives and hopefully induce the reader to act accordingly. (Editor's note: J. T. S. Mallonga, Esq. is a partner in the law firm of Abad Constancio & Mallonga, LLC. He specializes in immigration law. He is currently a member of the New Jersey Governor's Ethnic Advisory Commission and also serves as the vice-chair of the National Federation of Filipino Associations of America [NAFAA], Region I. He can be reached at ITMallonga@acmlaw.com). [Author Affiliation] By J. T. S. MALLONGA, ESQ.
2012. east end olympics? As you know, London (Stratford) will be hosting the Olympic Games in 2012. What you may not know, is that many of the famous events which go to make up this spectacular event, are to be especially altered for 2012. A copy of these changes has been leaked, and is reproduced below. OPENING CEREMONY The flame will be ignited by a petrol bomb thrown by a native of the area, in the traditional dress of balaclava and shell suit. The flame will be contained in a large overturned police van situated on the roof of the stadium. THE EVENTS In previous Olympic Games, East London's competitors have not been particularly successful. In order to redress the balance, some of the events have been altered slightly to the advantage of local athletes. 100 METRES SPRINT Competitors will have to hold a video recorder and microwave oven (one in each arm) and on the sound of the starting pistol, a police dog will be released from a cage 10 yards behind the athletes. 110 METRES HURDLES As above but with added obstacles (i.e. car bonnets, hedges, garden fences, walls etc) HAMMER Competitors in this event may choose the type of hammer they wish to use (claw, sledge etc) the winner will be the one who can cause the most physical damage within three attempts. FENCING Entrants will be asked to dispose of as many stolen goods as possible in 5 minutes. SHOOTING A strong challenge is expected from local men in this event. The first target will be a moving police van. In the second round, competitors will aim at a post office clerk bank teller or securicor style wages delivery man. The traditional ..22 rifle has been replaced in this event by a choice of either a Browning automatic handgun or Sawn-off 12-bore shotgun. BOXING Entry to the boxing will be restricted to husband and wife teams, and will take place on a Friday night. The husband will be given 15 pints of lager while the wife will be told not to make him any tea when he gets home. The bout will then commence. CYCLING TIME TRIALS Competitors will be asked to break into the University bike shed and take an expensive mountain bike owned by some mummy's boy on his first trip away from home. All against the clock. CYCLING PURSUIT As above, but the bike will be owned by a visiting member of the Australian rugby team, who will witness the theft. MODERN PENTATHLON Amended to include mugging, breaking and entering, flashing, joyriding and arson. SWIMMING EVENTS All waterways are currently being tested for toxicity levels, once one is found that can support human life, swimming events will be organised, please note that the Synchronised Swimming even for this year will comprise of dropping acid and watching all the funky ripples on the pool, the specific musical support to this event will be provided by "The Verve". THE MARATHON A safe route has yet to be decided. MEN'S 50km WALK Unfortunately this will have to be cancelled as the police cannot guarantee the safety of anyone walking the streets of East London, especially anyone that appears to be mincing ... THE CLOSING CEREMONY Entertainment will include formation rave dancing by members of the Stratford Health in the Community anti-drug campaigners, synchronised rock throwing, and music by the Ilford community choir. The flame will be extinguished by police riot water cannon following inevitable pitch invasion by a confused West Ham organised hooliganism club. The stadium itself will then be boarded up before the local athletes break into it and remove all the copper piping and the central heating boiler. Late News: Apparently Liverpool were set to put in a bid very similar to the above but with the Pentathlon modified to include: Killing a spouse, digging a hole, burying the body, laying a patio and the strangely named 'Calm Down' contest. To guarantee the entry of any Mancunian athletes at all, Drugs testing has been waived this year. please folks use the thumb features on the answers . thanks
Some of you wanted to know how illegals affect us? personally???? Here is ONE example!!!!!!!!!!!!! Catastrophe in Care Hospitals are being crippled by the costs of treating migrants--and that could be just the start of an immigrant-related health crisis By LEO W. BANKS Leo W. Banks One of the many signs on the Naco Highway. Leo W. Banks "It's not unusual to have one UDA (undocumented alien) cost $5,000, and we know we're not going to get that back," says Josie Mincher, emergency room manager at Copper Queen Hospital. Leo W. Banks "Until we have comprehensive immigration reform, we need to bear the health-care costs for undocumented workers, whatever those costs are," says Rev. Tom Buechele. If you drive along Southern Arizona's border with Mexico long enough, you might see a lone illegal wandering the desert. Or maybe he's hunched at the roadside sipping water from his milk jug. What's he doing there, and where are his compatriots, the people he broke into the country with? The uninformed might ask those questions, but those who live with the daily invasion across our open borders can make a pretty good guess what's happening. The fellow got bounced from his group by the coyote-guide. Two transgressions will get an illegal cut loose with certainty: Either he can't pay, or he shows signs of tuberculosis. You think these coyotes are fools? They don't want some hollow-eyed lunger hacking and coughing blood on them. So it's adios, pal, and now you're America's problem. But they know that already. Every illegal realizes that if he makes it to an emergency room in Southern Arizona, or anywhere around the country for that matter, he can get treatment, free of charge. It's federal law, and has been for 20 years. In its evolution, the policy has become a kind of federal health insurance program for illegals, and its rising costs are eating up resources that could otherwise go to poor and uninsured American citizens. It has created a financial nightmare for border hospitals and contributed to cutbacks in services at Tucson hospitals. Is this an outrage? A scandal? Some think it's both. But going back to our active TB sufferer, here's something even worse: The guy can't get treatment anywhere, goes underground and takes a job at a restaurant in Tucson or L.A., and coughs his way to infecting scores of others. Talk about a Hobson's choice. But as with everything in the ongoing crisis of illegal immigration, the hard choices would largely evaporate if the federal government fulfilled its constitutional duty and took control of our border. The threat illegal immigration poses to American public health plays out every day at Arizona's hospitals. Until recently, the issue remained only marginally public, a problem medical people batted around among themselves, not with the media. Even today, several hospitals contacted for this story declined comment. The Copper Queen Hospital in Bisbee, one of the hardest hit, helped break that barrier when CEO Jim Dickson began returning reporters' calls, even though the subject, as he puts it, has become "like the third rail. You don't want to touch it." But his problem had grown severe. Dickson's uncompensated costs for treating illegals rose from $35,000 in 1999 to $450,000 in 2004. His total shortfall now sits at about $1.4 million, a hefty deficit for a 14-bed hospital. To make ends meet, he had to close, in June 2000, the Copper Queen's long-term care facility, and cut back on staff and hours, forcing some employees to take second jobs to survive. The hospital has seen a ray of light, however. In the first months of 2005, the Copper Queen has gone back into surplus, in part because more illegals are in Border Patrol custody when brought in to the hospital. That means the Border Patrol must reimburse the Queen for the cost. In the past, agents would drop injured illegals not in their custody at the ER and take off, sticking the hospital with bills that never got paid. Another reason for the decrease, says Dickson: the Minuteman Project. "It's been terrific for us in April," he says, cutting down on the number of people coming across and therefore the number requiring ER treatment. Dickson says the hospital wrote off about $6,000 in losses in April this year, compared to about $35,000 in April 2004. The central issue, though, remains in place--the hospital has had to scale back health services to American citizens to treat illegals. Bisbee isn't alone. The most comprehensive study on the subject found that 24 counties in four states bordering Mexico wracked up $190 million in unpaid emergency medical bills caring for illegals in the year 2000. The study, commissioned by the U.S.-Mexico Border Counties Coalition, found that California spent $79 million of that; Texas, $74 million; Arizona, $31 million; and New Mexico, $6 million. Bear in mind that these numbers, the best available, are from 2000. We can assume, with increasing rates of crossings since then, the costs are considerably higher today. Nor do the above figures take into account non-border counties. Treating illegals in Maricopa County costs as much as $50 million a year, according to an estimate used by Republican Sen. Jon Kyl. Nationally, American hospitals lose $1.45 billion a year. The Medicare reform bill passed in 2003 allocated $1 billion to reimburse states for federally mandated ER care given to illegals--about $45 million a year of that to come to Arizona over four years. But even that, some hospital staffers say, is little more than a Band-Aid on a huge problem. Ruth Kish, director of patient care services at Copper Queen, expects that under the repayment formula, her hospital will receive only 10 cents of every dollar they spend on illegals. "But every bit helps," says Kish. Another factor: The counties in the above-mentioned study spent an additional $13 million in 2000 on emergency transportation, such as helicopters and ambulances, to pick up illegals injured after sneaking across the line. The Bisbee Fire Department's ambulance responds to about one of these calls a day during the summer, says Chief Jack Earnest. Asked how many of these patients pay up, Earnest wasn't sure, and recommended contacting the billing office in Sierra Vista. The billing office knew exactly how often illegals pay their ambulance bills--never. But there's another category--Mexicans injured in Mexico who call American ambulances for help. By federal law, they have to respond, which makes Bisbee's Copper Queen the trauma center of choice for Sonora's northern frontier. The calls come from Naco, Sonora, the town across the line just south of Bisbee, where, in spite of widespread poverty, cell phones are popular, and everybody knows the Americans are bound by law to treat them. "When we get a call we go, and we don't ask where the person's from," says Earnest. Naco residents needing care go to the port of entry and declare an emergency to American officials. When they're waved through, they're transported to the Copper Queen's ER in Bisbee's ambulance, or they drive themselves in private cars. The policy is called Compassionate Entry, and it applies to hospitals up and down the line. The Copper Queen averages about five such cases a month. Some abuse the privilege, says ER Manager Josie Mincher. She's seen Compassionate Entries with bad sore throats and others who aren't sick at all. One pregnant girl landed in the ER recently complaining of morning sickness. Most are seriously sick, though, and the staff rushes to help, "because that's what we do," says Mincher. But it doesn't take much to blow the budget. "Just walking in the door is $400," says Mincher. "It's not unusual to have one UDA (undocumented alien) cost $5,000, and we know we're not going to get that back. We're playing with monopoly money here." Here's an example of how one patient can wrack up a huge bill: A young Mexican man had a bad auto accident across the line and was taken to Douglas' Southeast Arizona Medical Center with severe neurological problems. After being stabilized there, he was transferred to Barrow's Neurological Center in Phoenix. He spent a costly month there, courtesy of the Center, and was transferred--with a tracheotomy tube in his throat and supplies to clean it, also provided gratis by Barrow's--to a hospital in Hermosillo. That facility kept him less than a day before releasing him to his home in Naco. But for reasons no one can explain, the Hermosillo hospital kept his trach kit and cleaning supplies. As a result, he became septic--a bad infection--and came through the Naco port under Compassionate Entry to the Copper Queen. He spent three days there, then the staff sent him off, with more free supplies, to a clinic in Agua Prieta for continued care. How much did this fellow cost the American health care system? A figure of a quarter-million dollars would surprise no one. Cost to the Copper Queen? Almost $6,000, and they got none of it back. Northern Cochise Community Hospital is in Willcox, far enough from the border that it doesn't get patients crossing the line for health care. But that doesn't mean it escapes the invasion. CEO Chris Cronberg loses about $100,000 a year caring for illegals, mostly those injured in traffic accidents when their loaded vehicle flips while speeding north. "It's not make or break for us," says Cronberg. "But as a small hospital, we depend on cash, and those are dollars that aren't coming in, so it has an impact." The same is true at Sierra Vista Regional Health Center, according to Vice President Marie Wurth. She expects the hospital to lose $250,000 this year treating those who jump the line, get hurt doing it and don't pay their bills. The big squeeze is on in Tucson, too. Tucson Medical Center loses an estimated $4 million every year treating illegals. The corresponding figure at UMC, which includes some foreign nationals, was $3.5 million for fiscal 2004, a $2 million increase from the previous year. Part of that is attributable to UMC, in July 2003, becoming Tucson's only Level One trauma center, meaning it saw the most serious cases. Chief Financial Officer Kevin Burns says the hospital's re-payment rate for treating illegals is about 5 cents on the dollar. "It's very expensive for us and continues to grow," says Burns, who says many illegals, as well as uninsured Americans, use his ER like a primary care physician. "We hear anecdotally that people come here from across the border because they know they can get cared for, and if they present at the ER, they can get that care at no cost." The federal law that put the hospitals on the hook for the medical bills of illegals goes by the acronym EMTALA--Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act. It says that anybody who shows up in an ER must get screened, treated and stabilized, regardless of citizenship or ability to pay. But since its passage in 1985, the definition of emergency has evolved to include just about anything, and because Congress didn't fund the requirement, hospitals have had to eat the costs as word has spread that the federal goodie wagon is parked at the ER door. In cities with huge illegal populations, such as Los Angeles, the effects have been disastrous. In its spring 2005 issue, the Journal of American Physicians and Surgeons reported that between 1993 and 2003, 60 California hospitals closed because, for several reasons including EMTALA, half of their services became unpaid. Another 24 are near closing, says author Madeleine Pelner Cosman. She also writes that in 1983, before EMTALA, L.A. County put together a trauma network that was "one of America's finest emergency med response organizations." A mere 22 years later--again, in part because of EMTALA--Cosman says the system is coming apart, with most trauma hospitals having left the network, along with physicians, surgeons and others. The law has caused a similar situation in Tucson, on a smaller scale. "With EMTALA, the government created an unfunded national health insurance program, and it has caused real problems in this community," says Dr. Herb McReynolds, who works for a company that manages the ER department for St. Mary's Hospital, which treats a large number of illegals. Lawmakers wrote the legislation to prevent patient dumping--in which one hospital refuses to accept, say, an uninsured woman in labor, telling ambulance personnel to take her to the county hospital instead. It stopped that practice. But it has caused a big increase in the amount of un-reimbursed care that hospitals provide, and in McReynolds' words, "made physicians rethink their careers and lifestyles." "The price of it has come over time, because after so much uncompensated care, it forces physicians off our call list," says McReynolds. "Physicians have a practice to go to the next day and a family, and ask themselves, do I really want to be up at 2 a.m. providing care when I won't get comp, and I can still get sued?" Some docs have removed themselves from on-call lists by going to work at outpatient surgical centers not affiliated with a hospital. Others stay on call, but limit the amount of time they're available. A neurosurgeon might take call one day a week, and that satisfies the law. EMTALA says that you must provide a reasonable amount of coverage, without being strict or specific about how much that is. McReynolds says that EMTALA--in tandem with the malpractice crisis--has caused the loss of medical coverage at many hospitals around the country and in Tucson, including St. Mary's. "Several years ago we had five neurosurgeons on staff here, and now we have two," he says. "We had hand surgery coverage every day, and now we have it one week a month. We used to have full ob-gyn coverage, and now they've left and gone to TMC. We have no ob-gyn and one gynecologist on staff covering emergencies one day a week." With docs all over Tucson running for cover, trying to stay off call and away from ERs, the variety of emergency health care available to Tucsonans has seriously diminished. And here's the most maddening irony of all: The feds now reimburse American hospitals for treating non-paying illegals, but not for treating American citizens. Exception: Those eligible for care under Federal Emergency Services, a fairly restrictive program. For a year and a half now, UMC has approached non-paying illegals in a novel way--it actually reports them to immigration officials. "Some people find that cold, but we have a responsibility to protect this charitable asset (hospital)," says CFO Burns, adding that UMC's status as a public entity requires a different approach. "Our belief is that to the extent people have ability to pay, we expect them to." After triaging and stabilizing an ER patient, the hospital sets out to learn who that patient is, and how he or she plans to pay. To those who are uninsured and underinsured, the hospital offers the option of applying for its innovative Charity Care program. Under it, the hospital charges the patient the same rate it would receive for that service from Medicare, a possible reduction of up to 70 percent. Patients unable to pay at that discounted rate are eligible for further discounts that can tear up the bill entirely. To apply for Charity Care, the patient need only return to the hospital with a W-2 or other documents. Those who cooperate and return with the required documents don't get reported to the feds. But the hospital does report those who take the medical care and run. How many illegals cooperate with this generous offer? Ten percent. Burns says UMC began reporting the 90 percent who don't pay in November of 2003. So far, they've reported 565 persons. Why start reporting? "Maybe a bit of it was born of frustration because people use our resources and make no effort to work with us and pay," he says. "Even if part of the population doesn't pay, I still have to hire new people and buy and upgrade equipment, which costs $15-$20 million a year. When you have these strains on resources, from foreign citizens and as well as Medicaid patients, you have to manage cash flow very carefully." As with most issues related to the illegal invasion, those who live along the Mexican border, the scene of the crime, have the best view. Where health issues are concerned, it's not a pretty sight. Residents say they've come across ground dotted with discarded pills, syringes containing nobody knows what, and used needles. Some report riding horses along creek beds, popular pull-up areas for groups heading north, and finding 70 or 80 piles of human feces, some of it blackened and running with blood. It's as disgraceful as it is disgusting--and it raises a question: What happens when rain washes all this into the water supply? Is it a threat to spread diseases such as hepatitis? Some believe it might be. What happens when cows drink from these contaminated creeks? And what happens when this constant flow of Third World humanity goes north, fanning out all across Arizona and the country? What kind of diseases do they bring with them? ER workers like Mincher live with that question every day. "We protect ourselves best we can," she says, "but if somebody comes in with a contagious disease, I might as well buy the farm, because I don't know what it is. A lot of times, they don't know what they have either. If they came off a ranch in southern Mexico, they've had no immunizations, no health care, nothing." Most of what she sees at Copper Queen--around 75 percent--is orthopedic, falls suffered while jumping fences, for instance. Dehydration, too. Some of these are pregnant women nine months along, who, in Mincher's words, "are so desperate to have their babies born in the U.S., they'll do whatever it takes." She sees cardiac-related cases among illegals who've been given crack, methamphetamine or speed by their coyote so they can keep walking. But she's also treated illegals with active chicken pox, tuberculosis, all varieties of hepatitis and AIDS. The Web and print media are full of stories about the diseases illegals carry, and their effect on American health. But some writers make alarming claims with sketchy evidence at best. In the cases of two diseases, however--Chagas and tuberculosis--the evidence is clearer that they're indeed coming across our border. Chagas, a potentially fatal illness spread by contact with the feces of the reduviid bug, called the "kissing bug," is prevalent in South and Central America. Fifteen million people in that region are infected with the parasite, and 50,000 die of it every year, according to the World Health Organization. A person can be infected for 10 or 20 years or more before showing symptoms, making it particularly insidious. At its most severe, the disease can cause the heart to fail, and literally explode. In the United States? Louis Kirchhoff, of the University of Iowa Medical School, estimates that between 80,000 and 120,000 Latin Americans with Chagas live here. Matching prevalence studies and immigration numbers, Kirchhoff figures about 10 Chagas-infected persons entered every day from Mexico alone in the 1990s. The disease can be transmitted four ways, but for Americans, the most worrisome is the blood supply. In the United States overall, the chance of contracting Chagas from a blood transfusion is small, one in 25,000, according to David Leiby, a research scientist at the American Red Cross in Washington. But in cities with high populations from Latin America, the numbers fall to much riskier levels. In Miami, for example, the chance is one on 9,000. In L.A., 1 in 5,400. Researchers have confirmed seven cases of people contracting Chagas through blood transfusions--five in the U.S., two in Canada--and they say the number of unknown cases is probably much higher. "A rate of one in 5,400 is something we're concerned about," says Leiby, adding that the FDA is still a few years away from a useable blood-screening test. "Chagas is overlooked by the health care system in the United States. Our physicians aren't aware of it and wouldn't recognize it in most cases." Tuberculosis, which also shows up in high rates in Mexico, is migrating north as well. Many assume a place like Cochise County, right on the border and overrun by illegals, would have a high incidence of TB. But it doesn't, says Edith Sampson, of the Cochise County Health Department. "The immigrants only pass through here on the way to Atlanta, or whatever city they're going to," she says. Exactly the problem--which is a big reason why 53 percent of the TB in the United States in 2003 was among foreign-born persons, up from 29 percent in 1993, according to the Centers for Disease Control. In L.A., again because of its huge illegal population, the figure is closer to 80 percent. Only 15,000 Americans suffer from active TB, the only dangerous kind because it can be passed to someone else, usually by coughing and expelling the bacteria from the throat or lungs. That's a small number, but the New York Academy of Sciences estimates that each victim will "infect 10 or 20 or more people--in whom the disease will likely remain latent, creating the potential time-bomb effect." The State Health Department says that Arizona had 295 reported cases of active TB in 2003, a jump from the previous year. Why the increase? More of the disease was found among kids under 5 years old and prisoners. The latter were mostly Immigration and Customs Enforcement detainees--in other words, illegals. Sixty-eight percent of Arizona's foreign-born TB cases are from Mexico, says state health. Will TB return to the United States in a big way? It hasn't yet, says Lee Reichman, executive director of the New Jersey Medical School's National Tuberculosis Center. But he adds that with globalization--the ability to get around the world in 20 hours--and because "we can't stop people from getting in to this country, no matter how hard we try," the potential exists for a new epidemic. His particular concern is with multi-drug-resistant TB, fatal in 60 percent of cases. This strain requires a long regimen of costly drugs that illegals are unlikely to take, or have access to. Arizona has a small number of MDR-TB cases, and all of them in the past five years have been among foreign-born persons. "The reason you haven't heard about TB here is that good public health is working," says Reichman. "People who are symptomatic go to physicians, and the physicians don't ask questions. As soon as you have to ID yourself, or say we're going to send you back to Mexico, these people go into hiding and spread more TB. Any physician who cares about being a physician isn't going to ask those questions, because he took an oath to treat sick people." The Copper Queen's Rush Kish says that under Medicare reimbursement guides, her hospital cannot ask patients if they are in the country illegally. But how do you bill the feds to get money back for treating illegals if you can't ask if someone is illegal? Well, you play a little Orwellian word game, probing around the issue with a list of government-approved questions, then make educated assumptions. But the illegal holds the trump card, because he can refuse to answer every question. "We don't know yet what evidence Medicare will accept when we apply for reimbursement," says Kish. "But at least we can begin documenting the enormity of this problem." The question isn't whether those with genuine emergencies should get treatment. Of course they should. In Naco, residents have no access to ER care and many would die if they didn't get to the Copper Queen. The real question is: Who pays? Rev. Tom Buechele, pastor at St. John's Episcopal Church in Bisbee, thinks it's appropriate for the federal government to keep ponying up, as long as American companies "maintain their illegal trafficking in human labor." "Until we have comprehensive immigration reform, we need to bear the health-care costs for undocumented workers, whatever those costs are," says Buechele, who, for almost a year now, has been running a free monthly clinic in Naco, Arizona, catering to the poor and uninsured on both sides of the line. Although they talk a different language, politicians, even Republicans, promote policies that further Buechele's liberal vision. They boast to constituents that they've saved border hospitals by pushing through the Medicare reimbursement plan, which provides a relatively small amount of money over four years. But that's another Hobson's choice, which is to say no choice at all. What do you do, let hospitals go under? Kyl, who pushed to get the reimbursement money, says an emphatic no. "If we want those ERs to be there for us, then we'd better keep them in business," says the Arizona senator. "If our hospitals are required by federal law to treat anybody who comes into the ER, and the federal government has failed to control the border, then it's appropriate for the government to reimburse these hospitals." But some argue that the system as it stands now, with EMTALA firmly in place, is rigged to produce two results: The federal treasury will remain wide open to illegals, and that all but guarantees that more and more of them will bust the line to get here. After all, this is the end of the rainbow for them, where jobs await, education is free, health care is free. Who wouldn't come? And the more they come, the more American health suffers--from such diseases as Chagas and TB, further cutbacks in hospital services to American citizens, and even possible closures. Where's the compassion in that? Copper Queen ER nurse Josie Mincher, herself Hispanic, puts her health, and possibly her life, on the line to treat illegals. Listen to the emotion in her voice as she describes what that's like: "I go to work every day feeling like I'm on a torture wrack. My heartstrings get pulled in one direction by these sick people I want to help. Because I'm Hispanic, I know how they live. And I'm pulled in the other direction, too, thinking that if our hospitals aren't around, where do I take my own kids? "But we have to treat them because of EMTALA. It says that anybody who comes within 250 yards of an ER gets treatment. What would happen to Safeway if the law said anyone who comes within 250 yards of the store gets free food? They'd go out of business. Well, we're a business, too." Mincher's solution? "Send the bills to Mexico. If it affected them financially, they might do something about all these people coming across. My grandparents came here legally, and it took a long time and a lot of money. They respected the law. These people just walk across now. They weren't brought up the same way." Burns at UMC says he wants the U.S. and Mexican governments to work together to find a solution. But, as Kyl cautions, don't expect any breakthrough soon. Mexico benefits far too much from our illegal immigration nightmare--in jobs for its citizens and cash sent home--to step up with money to care for its own people. Until the border brought under control and the invasion stopped, we'll continue to pay the bills of people who illegally tiptoed across the line in the dead of night. This is an article from the Arizona Repuiblic newspaper, NOT something i "made up"!!!! If you don't believe me, LOOK IT UP FOR YOURSELF!!! It's on-line, if you look under Copper Queen hospital!!! And for those of you that can not take the time to READ this article, i can SEE why you are so UNINFORMED on this issue!!!!!!!!!!!!!1
Abortion.. What are your views? Trapped... Time Has Run Out For Over 49 Million Americans. By Another's Choice.. Who is trapped by the "choice" of abortion? Both the mother and the pre-born child. Abortion is legal through all nine months of pregnancy in the United States. The infamous Roe v. Wade case legalized abortion throughout the United States. The lesser-known companion case, Doe v. Bolton, defined the "health" exception. This case solidified Roe in allowing abortion through all nine months if the pregnancy threatens the life or health of the mother. The vague word used here is "health." What does "health" mean to you? Doe v. Bolton defined health to include, "physical, emotional, psychological, familial, and the woman's age - relevant to the wellbeing of the patient." Essentially, Doe v. Bolton opened the door for "health" to mean anything a doctor or woman wanted it to mean. Some states have laws regulating late term abortions, and some states simply have no willing providers. However, women are free to go to other states to obtain one. Late-term abortions may be less common, but they are still legal. Didn't the Partial Birth Abortion Ban outlaw late-term abortions? No. In the 2007 decision, Gonzales v. Carhart, the Partial-Birth Abortion Ban Act of 2003 was upheld. The "Ban" merely regulates one specific method used in late-term abortions (D&X). Other late-term abortion methods, such as Dilation and Evacuation (D&E) and a modified version of partial birth abortion, may still legally be used to kill a child up to the moment of birth. A woman is often trapped by the decision to abort. You probably know someone who has aborted her child. Why did she "choose" abortion? Did she want an abortion or was she coerced or "strongly encouraged" by her boyfriend, husband, or parents? Let's face it; there are many reasons why women abort. One study found that 64% of women surveyed said they "felt pressured by others" to abort. Also, 54% said they were "not sure about the decision at the time." Does this sound like a "woman's right to choose?" More than 49 million children have been legally trapped by "choice" in the United States since 1973. Time is running out for millions more. With more than 3,500 surgical abortions performed in the United States every day, you most likely have been, or will be, involved with someone considering abortion. You owe it to yourself and those around you to make an educated decision about abortion. Unlocking The Language Trap... My Body, My Choice! The term "pro-choice' avoids talking about what you are choosing. Most people agree that we can be "pro-choice" about many things without offending anyone (i.e. chocolate or vanilla, paper or plastic). The term "choice" is value-neutral and meaningless unless we have some kind of idea what we are choosing. Society generally limits people's choices when it comes to behaviors that are harmful or potentially harmful to other people. We, as a society, are "anti-choice" when it comes to theft, arson, murder, and a whole host of other actions. A Woman's "Right"/Freedom to Choose It sounds almost patriotic. Our great American freedoms: freedom of speech, freedom of assembly, freedom of religion, etc. Individual rights are important, but you will not find "a right to abortion" anywhere in the Constitution. We have come too far to reduce a woman's "right" to mean the "right to kill her own children". It's Just Tissue Consider the following facts: Simple tissue down not have a beating heart, brain waves, fingerprints, and unique DNA. A woman can carry a baby with a different blood type from her own. After the moment of fertilization, nothing new is added to the baby except oxygen, nutrition, and time. The only differences between a newborn and a pre-born baby are size, level of development, environment, and degree of dependency. All of these facts confirm the reality that you are a person worthy of protection from the moment of fertilization. A "Wanted" Child Does your value depend on the degree that someone wants you? Let's be honest- a child is a child. How could any baby be called unwanted when there are over one million couples waiting, hoping, and praying for a chance to adopt a child? "Safe" Abortion Many young women believed this lie until it was too late. The book, Lime 5, documents over 200 cases of women injured or killed by illegal, so-called "safe" abortions. The end result of an abortion is a dead baby, and the potential for cervical cancer, breast cancer, infertility, and psychological pain. Where's the "safe" part? "Back-Alley" Abortions According to the Centers for Disease Control, 39 maternal deaths occurred due to illegal abortions in 1972 (the year prior to the Roe v. Wade decision that legalized abortion nationally). Any loss of life is tragic, but this is nowhere near the alleged "thousands of deaths by back-alley abortions." "I'm Personally Opposed, But I Can't Tell Others What To Do" What if U.S. citizens had been willing to accept this justification for tolerating slavery? Our forefathers took away the "rights" of slave owners in order to give freedom and respect to African American people. Our youngest and most vulnerable are still slaves to the life and death decisions of others. Rape and Incest As traumatic as rape is, abortion does not "un-rape" the mother. The baby doesn't deserve to die for the crime of his or her father. Pat, a victim of rape, said, "In choosing to abort, to kill the innocent child growing within me, I lowered myself to the level of the rapist... The effects of abortion are much more far-reaching than the effects of the rape in my life." Fetal Deformities No one's perfect. Abortion for fetal deformities is a form of discrimination against disabled people. Eighty percent or more of Down Syndrome babies are now aborted. There are waiting lists of people that would be willing to adopt a special needs child. Who's to say their lives aren't worth living? When we make life and death judgments based on "quality of life," we start down the slippery slope of eugenics. Abortion Methods: Vacuum Aspiration The abortionist inserts a hollow plastic suction tube into the dilated cervix. The uterus is emptied by either a manual syringe or high-powered suction machine. The baby's body is torn into pieces as he or she is being pulled through the hose. Dilation and Suction Curettage (D&C) This is similar to the vacuum aspiration. However, after the baby is suctioned out of the uterus the abortionist inserts a curette, a loop-shaped steel knife, up into the uterus. With this the abortionist cuts the placenta and umbilical cord into pieces and scrapes them out into a basin. The uterus is again suctioned out to ensure that no body parts have been left behind. Bleeding is usually profuse. Dilation and Evacuation (D&E) Once the cervix is dilated considerably further than in the first trimester abortions, the abortionist inserts a narrow forceps that resembles a pliers. This instrument is needed because the baby's bones are calcified, as is the skull. The abortionist inserts the instrument into the uterus, seizes a leg or other part of the body and, with a twisting motion, tears it from the baby's body. The spine is snapped and the skull is crushed. Body parts are then reassembled and counted to make certain that the entire baby have been removed and that no parts remain in the womb. Partial-Birth Abortion or Dilation and Extraction (D&X) After undergoing two days of dilation, the abortionist performs an ultrasound to locate the child's legs and feet. The abortionist then uses a large forceps to grasp one of the baby's legs. He pulls firmly, forcing the child into a feet-down position. Using his hands instead of forceps, the abortionist delivers the baby's body in a manner similar to a breech birth. The baby's head remains inside the birth canal. The abortionist uses surgical scissors to pierce the child's head at the base of the skull opening. The abortionist then inserts a suction catheter into the brain and vacuums out the child's brain tissue with a machine 29 times more powerful than a household vacuum. RU-486 - Mifeprex (The Abortion Pill) Mifeprex blocks the action of the hormone progesterone, which is needed to maintain the lining of the uterus providing oxygen and nutrients for the baby. Without it, the baby dies. Mifeprex is used in conjunction with the drug Cytotec (Misoprostol) which is taken two days after Mifeprex, causing uterine bleeding (sometimes profuse), strong contractions, and expulsion of the baby. The pregnant woman visits the abortionist to obtain the Mifeprex pills, returns two days later to receive Misoprostol, and a third time to verify that the abortion is complete. The failure rate of this method is about 8% if the pills are taken within 7 weeks and up to 25% at 8-9 weeks. If the baby survives the abortion, there is an extremely high risk that he or she will suffer mental and/or physical birth defects from the Misoprostol. Emergency Contraception - Plan B (The Morning-After Pill) Emergency Contraception (EC) contains synthetic progestogen and is a large dose of the common birth control pill designed to be taken as a single dose after "unprotected sex." EC works in three ways. First, it attempts to stop ovulation. Depending on where a woman is in her cycle, ovulation may or may not have already occurred before EC was taken. Second, EC attempts to stop fertilization by impeding the transportation of either the sperm and/or the egg. Third, EC tries to stop implantation by altering (thinning) the lining of the endometrium (uterus) so the embryo cannot implant and receive nourishment from the mother. The first two methods are contraceptive, but if they fail, the third method can cause an abortion because it occurs after fertilization. Newsflash In the 2007 decision, Gonzales v. Carhart, the Partial Birth Abortion Ban Act of 2003 was upheld. The Partial Birth Abortion Ban did not limit the frequency of late-term abortions. The "Ban" merely regulated one method used in late-term abortions. It is still legal for a doctor to kill a child up until the time he or she is born using a modified version. The baby can be delivered up to the navel and then killed. EXPOSE In Their Own Words: Former Abortionists and Clinic Staff Speak Out "There is a great difference between the intellectual support of a woman's right to choose and the actual participation in the carnage of abortion... seeing body parts bothers the workers..." Judith Fetrow: Former Clinic Staff "Abortion Providers III" "I want the general public to know what the doctors know- that this a person; that this is a baby. That this is not some kind of blob of tissue..." Dr. Anthony Levantino: Former Abortionist "Meet the Abortion Providers" "We were told to find the woman's weakness and work on it. The women were never given any alternatives. They were told how much trouble it was to have a baby." Debra Henry:Former Clinic Staff " Meet the Abortion Providers" "But I think the greatest thing that got to us was the ultrasound... The baby really came alive on TV and was moving... That picture of the baby on the ultrasound bothered me more than anything else... We lost two nurses. They couldn't take looking at it." Dr. Joseph Randall: Former Abortionist " Meet the Abortion Providers" Reproductive Racism The vision of Planned Parenthood, founded in 1916 by Margaret Sanger, became the working arm toward eugenic goals. The stated vision was "reproductive freedom" through legalization of contraceptives to be used by the wealthy and imposed Eugenic Sterilization Laws as "birth control" for everyone else. The organization most responsible for propagating the bigoted concepts of "Social Darwinism" is the American Eugenics Society. Founded in the early 1900's, this organization was the sister organization of the British Eugenic Society which embraced the white- more specifically, the Anglo-Saxon- race supremacy doctrine. In the United States, eugenics became more than abstract philosophy. It degenerated into an active campaign to eliminate all those deemed inadequate and resulted in a worldwide crusade to abolish all human inferiority. The American Eugenics Society fostered the Jim Crow Laws of the South and Eugenic Sterilization Laws nationally, the anti-Semitic doctrine that encouraged Nazi Germany during the Jewish Holocaust and defined South-African Apartheid. Despite claims that Margaret Sanger was not a racist of an anti-Semite, the fact remains that "she openly welcomed the worst elements of both in to the birth control movement." Henry Pratt Fairchild who wrote, "Birth control and eugenics are by nature closely related, and neither one can attain its complete fulfillment, or render its maximum service to society, without the other" and Lothrop Stoddard, author of, The Rising Tide of Color Against White World Supremacy, were two of many eugenicists who worked closely with Sanger. Historical documents prove that Planned Parenthood acted as the willful arm of the American Eugenics Society and developed a plan, the ***** Project, as a propaganda program to infiltrate the black community with a "birth control for health" campaign through their civic leaders. Margaret Sanger expressed disdain for the poor and disabled whom she frequently dubbed "undeserving," "unfit", and "dysgenic." Her call for their sterilization and segregation is well known and is likely to have been the motive behind her "***** Project." Lest one think reproductive racism was merely an issue of the past, current numbers prove the problem persists. Racial targeting by abortion providers, Planned Parenthood being the foremost national provider of abortions, has demonstrably resulted in a disproportionate number of minorities obtaining abortions. In the year 2000, African Americans, numbering 34.7 million individuals, or 12.3 percent of the U.S. population obtained 32% of abortions in that year. "Black women are almost four more times as likely as white women to have an abortion, and Hispanic women are 2.5 times as likely." According to updated census reports, African Americans are no longer the largest U.S. minority population. Abortion and population control have taken a devastating toll on the African American and Hispanic communities. The Overpopulation Myth Despite what you may have heard, there is no overpopulation crisis. Abortion, euthanasia, contraception, sterilization, and infanticide are not needed to quell an over abundance of the human population. "Plunging death rates, not soaring birth rates, are the main reason for rapid population increases in the last century. World average life expectancy more than doubled, rising from 30 years in 1900 to 63 years now. "World population increased not because people were breeding like rabbits, but because they stopped dying like flies." In the United States, projections show that the 55 plus age group is going to grow from 24.7% of the population in 2010 to 31.5% in 2050. The UN Population Division states, "At the world level, the number of older persons is expected to exceed the number of children for the first time in 2047. In the more developed regions, where population aging is far advanced, the number of children dropped below that of older persons in 1998." Young people are needed in the workforce to support a rising population that is retiring or unable to work. In 73 countries around the world today, including the United States, the total fertility rate is below replacement level. A nation's total fertility rate must be 2.1 children or above in order to maintain population level. The total fertility rate of Europe is well below replacement at 1.45. Government incentives to have more children are already in place in countries such as France, Italy, Poland, Australia, Singapore, Japan, Germany, Austria, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Netherlands. According to the United Nations Population Division, "below-replacement fertility prevails in the more developed regions and is expected to continue to 2050." We need to start looking at the problems of underpopulation and economic disaster occurring as populations rapidly age, rather than spreading the myth of overpopulation and "need' for abortion and birth control. The Science of Sex I'm a 23 year old virgin saving sex for marriage. What did I miss by not being sexually active in college? STD's, unplanned pregnancy, heartache, and a lot of baggage that would follow me the rest of my life? I can live without that. When I meet the man I'm going to marry and walk down the aisle towards him, I'm not going to think, "I wish I had slept around more, had more boyfriends, experimented more, etc." No Way! I'm saving myself for my future husband. And I don't regret a minute of it. -College Graduate Sex is a powerful force of nature. It bonds people together, is pleasurable, and can create babies. So how does premarital sex damage relationships? The answer lies within the powerful oxytocin hormone released in the body during sexual activity. For example, picture duct taping a girl's arm to a guy's arm. Now rip off the tape (OUCH!) and use the same piece of tape to wrap her arm to a new guy's arm. What happens? Well, it hurts like crazy when you rip off the tape. After switching partners several times, partials of skin and hair left on the tape reduce the adhesiveness so it cannot attach as effectively. The same thing happens with sex. When oxytocin is released in the brain during sexual activity, it acts like emotional super glue and bonds you to that partner. When you break up (OUCH!) and have a new sexual partner, your ability to bond and produce oxytocin is damaged. Just like debris on the duct tape, previous sexual experience reduces the ability to bond correctly. Brain chemicals don't care how old, mature, or in control of your emotions you are- they still create a bond. No one can beat the brain chemistry behind sex. On the flip side, imagine that you never removed the duct tape. Eventually it would just feel like part of you. When a couple waits until marriage to have sex, and they remain faithful to each other, oxytocin acts as super glue between a husband and wife. It also helps maintain the "high" of sex. If you have been sexually active in the past, there is hope. Oxytocin levels can return to normal if you stop engaging in sexual activity and begin to heal the physical and emotional scars developed from premarital sex. Give yourself a year or so before you attempt to get into a new relationship, and commit to save sex for marriage. You won't regret it. What About Birth Control? All hormonal contraceptives (the pill, patch, mini-pill, shot, vaginal ring, emergency contraception, intrauterine devices, etc.) have the capability to cause an abortion. Hormonal contraceptives work in three way: by attempting to stop ovulation, by thickening cervical fluids to prevent fertilization, and by thinning the lining of the uterus to prevent implantation. The first two methods can cause and abortion because it occurs after fertilization. Hormonal contraception does not always stop ovulation. When break-through ovulation occurs, there is a possibility of fertilization. Studies have shown that ovulation rates in women taking oral contraceptives ranged from 1.7% to 28.6% per cycle. Ovulation rates for women taking progestin only pills (the mini-pill) ranged from 33% to 65%. When these contraceptives do no stop fertilization, they have the capability to cause an abortion because the lining of the uterus may be too thin and inhospitable for the embryo to implant and receive nourishment. Birth control manufacturers insist that their products do not terminate an existing pregnancy. However, they have incorrectly redefined the terms "contraception" and "pregnancy" to mean the moment of implantation rather than the moment of fertilization (implantation happens 7-10 days after fertilization). Emergency contraception (EC) is a large dose of the common birth control pill. EC is also known as the morning-after pill and is designed to be taken as a single dose after "unprotected sex." Documented side effects for EC include nausea, abdominal pain, fatigue, headache, dizziness, vomiting, diarrhea, breast tenderness, menstrual changes, and ectopic pregnancy. Contrary to popular arguments, EC does not decrease pregnancies and surgical abortions. EC had been available in Scotland since 1984, but pregnancy rates have not decreased and sexually transmitted infection rates have increased. NO REGRETS: The True Story Of My Adoption Plan When I first found out I was pregnant I couldn't control my crying. I shook uncontrollably. I had never felt so lonely or confused in my life. I wanted my boyfriend's support. I shouldn't have been surprised when he told me to have an abortion. My mind raced to justify the abortion. Perhaps my child would be better off dead than in a broken family. I thought that an abortion would be the answer to my problem. I tried to tell myself that my child wasn't really a baby, he was just tissue... I told myself lie after lie until I made the appointment. But no matter how hard I tried to fool myself, I knew I carried a baby. Deep down, I realized if I were to take my baby's life I would regret it forever. When I decided not to show up to the appointment, I felt so relieved. It didn't take long for me to face reality and see my baby as a gift. I realized it was my duty as mother to protect my child's best interest and give him all I could. Many relatives didn't understand why I was even thinking of adoption. Who in the world would give up their child? Me. That's who. Of course I wanted to be the one to rock him and watch him grow. But beyond my wants I knew my child deserved more. Adoption was the best way I could show love to my child. My boyfriend was overly thrilled about adoption... But nevertheless was willing to interview some couples with me. We met with them several times to ensure we found the best. The couple we chose was married, deeply in love, and welcomed our son as their own. Their love for my child is divine. I can hold my head up high and people are amazed. The birthfather, my family, and my friends congratulated me on my decision and came to realize it was out of love. Yes, I grieved the loss of my child. But the joy far exceeds the sorrow. I thank God that I don't have to visit the memory of an aborted baby. I can live with my decision and so can my son.. With no regrets, Molly Obviously, as you can assume.. I'm completely Pro-Life.. There is no excuse to have an abortion.. It's murder.. It always has been, and it always will be.. Also, as to the people arguing, well, what if the mother/parents can't financially take care of the baby, or gives him/her a bad upbringing? If for whatever reason the mother/parents are unable to work, therefore, can't support their child/children, why would it be so horrible to live off of welfare.. Welfare is there to help people.. Also, you can't say "Why bring a baby into this world if you're just going to have to raise it with money from the government? Because, there are a lot of people that don't even have kids, that are living off of the government, most disabled... So, there isn't really any argument.. And there are people that have children, that are barely scraping by, but they didn't decide to kill their child just because they wouldn't have the best of the best.. I would rather give my children just the basics.. food, clothes, a roof over their heads, and love.. rather than have had an abortion.. Furthermore, there are parents out there that are together, have decent jobs, can afford whatever they need, and still don't give their children a proper upbringing. Also, just because a woman feels she can't, or just simply doesn't want to raise a child.. She most likely could.. And there is always adoption.. It's a very good choice, especially if you don't want to raise your baby yourself.. And to the women out there that are seriously thinking about killing their child.. I think that you would regret killing your child more, rather than if you put him/her up for adoption.. He/she could have a wonderful life.. Why take that away from them? You'd think you'd want the best for them.. It doesn't matter how you were raised or what your childhood was like.. You can turn your life around, and make something of yourself.. But, that's all up to you.. People shouldn't blame other people for the way they are.. I understand some people have had pretty horrible childhoods/lives.. But, it's what you do with your life now, that matters.. You don't have to keep living your life in the wrong way, just because that's the way you were raised... It's all you now.. Anyway, to get to my question.. If you were pro-choice before you read the actual facts about abortion, has it made you change your views? Also, what are your views on abortion? Abortion is a very serious problem in the world.. And I just thought that some people would actually care enough to read this.. Even, though it is pretty long.. I'm not trying to change anyone's opinion.. It's just that some people don't base their opinions on the facts.. They just believe whatever they want to without even knowing what they are making an opinion about.. To Lizzy: You said that you have problems with your "organs". It would depend on what kind of "problems" that you had whether or not you'd be able to physically/healthily carry a baby. You also said that if you kept taking your medicines, (not knowing if you were pregnant) you'd have a deadly miscarriage? What exactly do you think a miscarriage is? Also, about a child getting in the way of someone's lifestyle and giving you stretch marks. I can't believe you would make that kind of remark, especially about the stretch marks.. That's pretty low, if you ask me.. You're saying, you'd rather kill your baby so you don't get stretch marks, rather than to have your baby at all.. And it should be on people's conscience.. They did something horrible, and now they have to live with it.. "So, it's best left to the professionals to keep the women from hurting or even killing themselves." So, you're saying.. Let's protect the women from hurting/killing themselves. By killing the innocent babies within them, so their life can be the way it was before? Also, about your comment on overpopulation. "It isn't like all of man kind will be aborted off of earth, lol." Do you find abortion to be funny, because it isn't? You're basically saying we aren't going to kill off the human race because we're killing babies everyday. Please read the section in my "question" about The Overpopulation Myth.
I am searching for a online distance Master degree or Fellowship courses in feilds of blood bank / transfusion I am a pathologist, serving as a public servant with the government of Sindh province of Pakistan. As my duties are concerned I am concerned with the subject of blood transfusion. At my country level, there are no facilities to improve the knowledge of the concered subjet. At this Stage I can not travel abroad so I am looking for online distance Master or Fellowship course from any where in the feild of my choice and career. My career feild specialities are blood bank service / blood transfusion medicine/ haematology and clinical pathology. I think that through the distance education course / training I will improve my Skill and professional knowledge and also improve my professional qualification. This will turn better service to my country men.Although I have tried to get information from World Health Orgnization Headquarters and Hotcourses.com but couldnt Succed. Now with the new hope I am requesting through this program to the international community to help for the matter.
AA. vs. AS? OK im a little confused!? I currently have 48 credits hours towards a AA in Radiological Sciences At a community college. This was just a choice i made since it had Gordon rule things and some health and computer classes.....But I wont be able to do nothing with just an AA. so what do i do? An AA. includes classes like college alg., writing 1 and 2,A&P, and physics... An AS. in the same degree at the same college inlcudes just a couple gordon rules and Classes like Raiograpy 1,2,3, and 4. And all these other classes that are strictly applied learning...... And with an AS. you can get a job as a x-ray tech....... But if i do a bachelors at a University will i pick up classes like radiography 1,2,3m4 etc etc. cause i dont see how mythology and computer class 101 is going to help me in the field. Also i am changin my mind to Nuclear Medicine or Sonography, could i tranfer into a BSN with an AA in radiological sciences? right but you could't apply as a radiology tech with just an AA. and the community college has both a AA and AS in radiological sciences, the aa is for transfer into bachelor program at a UNIVERSITY and the AS is for direct employment. but my concern is the classes learned with AS not offered with the AA. it seems the AS is more efficient and better prepared for a job, where as the AA is no better than a Gen Studies.???
Does anyone know if there some kind of government grant, or ? that would help? I'm on disability for over 10 years ($900.monthly for this year) due to mental slowness that's effective stability in the work enviroment, but that's not the issue. (10 years ago) being awarded $700. monthly at that time, could not continue to live in California. With some back pay (at that time) was able to afford to relocate to the next state in rural Nevada and finding a detach small home for rent in a rental housing development, much less than a cheap apartment in California. For the most part I was able to live within my means both finacially, and health wise. It's easier in this type of dwelling to alot having pets (have 2 cats and 1 dog) that have also help in my mental health and my mh councler to back me up on that. Much advantages of living in a rural town, however not when it comes to specialty health care, having unreliabe people, poor (very lacking) transportation is an issue, but even so, the lack ammenties, especially as I get older, but years away from being a senior citizen for qualifing for those type of programs. 10 years ago did not see these issues, but needed to live within my means as I had stated. My low income only qualifies me for the (SLMB) state program that my low income is not consider low enough, $10. month food stamps and Dr. visit co-pay. The last 5 years I continue to be on the monthly section 8 hud voucher program that pays for the partial rent, and only can be used anywhere in "rural" Nevada, not Washoe, Churchill, and Clark counties. Rural Nevada does not provide specialty needs as I stated. With my mental health condition make it too difficult to handle big major town. The need to relocate to a situation that would assess my needs may not be by choice, and if not in the very state I live but to a state that would, I could not afford the move, and the hud waiting period. Does anyone know if there some kind of government grant, or ? that would help? My MH counsler does not know of any help that would assess these needs, the local section 8 hud doesn't know, friends and family, are unable to help, and the local social services, food stamp office can't help. I felt I've done my homework, and it seems to appear Missouri is one possible few states with programs that may assess my needs, if need be(?). In asking my local hud office about continuing, they said that the other state must assume the vouchers and the that other state said the state (Nevada) that I currently live that they must assume it. I hope someone out there in the yahoo answer community knows of some kind of help, instead of "I don't know what to tell you". Thank you.
pet food recall of the week--day--are you aware of the latest one? just got this notice from the fda today...dont recognize this brand, but it is sold somewhere, so, please take notice... Eight Sensible Choice Dry Dog Food Products, Seven Kasco Dry Dog And Cat Food Products Recalled Nationwide by Royal Canin USA Effective Today Contact: Erik Mueller 636-926-1089 FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE -- St. Charles, Missouri -- May 11, 2007 -- Royal Canin USA is announcing today the voluntary nationwide recall of eight Sensible Choice dry dog food products and seven Kasco dry dog and cat food products. This announcement is based on the company's ongoing extensive review of its manufacturing and quality assurance testing procedures, which identified trace amounts of a melamine derivative from tainted Chinese rice protein concentrate provided to the company by domestic ingredient supplier Cereal Byproducts, headquartered in Illinois. "We deeply regret the concern and anxiety this announcement today will cause our loyal customers and the entire pet community," Olivier Amice, President and CEO of Royal Canin USA, said. "While a very limited number of Sensible Choice and Kasco products in this recall tested positive for trace levels of a melamine derivative, Royal Canin USA is voluntarily withdrawing these products out of an abundance of caution and because we are fully committed to the welfare of our customers' pets." Royal Canin USA has no confirmed cases of melamine related illness in pets eating Sensible Choice and Kasco products affected by this recall. Last month, Royal Canin USA announced it will no longer use any Chinese vegetable protein suppliers. The following eight Sensible Choice dry dog food products and seven Kasco dry dog and cat food products with date codes between July 28, 2006 to April 30, 2007 are being voluntarily recalled: SENSIBLE CHOICE® (available in pet specialty stores nationwide) SENSIBLE CHOICE® Chicken and Rice Adult (Dry Dog Food) SENSIBLE CHOICE® Chicken and Rice Reduced (Dry Dog Food) SENSIBLE CHOICE® Lamb and Rice Reduced (Dry Dog Food) SENSIBLE CHOICE® Chicken and Rice Puppy (Dry Dog Food) SENSIBLE CHOICE® Chicken and Rice Large Breed Puppy (Dry Dog Food) SENSIBLE CHOICE® NATURAL BLEND Adult (Dry Dog Food) SENSIBLE CHOICE® NATURAL BLEND Senior (Dry Dog Food) SENSIBLE CHOICE® NATURAL BLEND Puppy (Dry Dog Food) KASCO® (available in pet specialty stores nationwide) KASCO® Chunks (Dry Dog Food) KASCO® Hi Energy (Dry Dog Food) KASCO® Maintenance (Dry Dog Food) KASCO® Mealettes (Dry Dog Food) KASCO® Mini Chunks (Dry Dog Food) KASCO® Puppy (Dry Dog Food) KASCO® Cat (Dry Cat Food) Based on today's announcement, pet owners should stop feeding their pets the eight Sensible Choice dry dog food products, seven Kasco dry dog and dry cat food products listed. Pet owners should consult with a veterinarian if they are concerned about the health of their pet. The safety and nutritional quality of Royal Canin USA pet food is our company's top priority because we understand that the health of pets comes first. Pet owners who have questions about the voluntary recall of Sensible Choice and Kasco dry pet food products and other Royal Canin USA products should call 1-800-513-0041 or visit our web site at www.royalcanin.us. All Sensible Choice and Kasco products have a satisfaction guarantee and the company will refund or replace the diets that are part of this recall announcement.
articel about sexual orientation what do you think about it? Sexual Orientation Development Sexual orientation is one component of a person's identity, which is made up of many other components, such as culture, ethnicity, gender, and personality traits. Sexual orientation is an enduring emotional, romantic, sexual, or affectional attraction that a person feels toward another person. Sexual orientation falls along a continuum. In other words, someone does not have to be exclusively homosexual or heterosexual, but can feel varying degrees of attraction for both genders. Sexual orientation develops across a person's lifetime—different people realize at different points in their lives that they are heterosexual, gay, lesbian, or bisexual. Sexual behavior does not necessarily equate to sexual orientation. Many adolescents—as well as many adults—may identify themselves as homosexual or bisexual without having had any sexual experience. Other young people have had sexual experiences with a person of the same gender, but do not consider themselves to be gay, lesbian, or bisexual. This is particularly relevant during adolescence because it is a time for experimentation—a hallmark of this developmental period. Gay, lesbian, and bisexual adolescents follow a develop-mental path that is both similar to and quite different from that followed by heterosexual adolescents. All teenagers face certain developmental challenges, such as developing social skills, thinking about career choices, and fitting into a peer group. Gay, lesbian, and bisexual youth must also cope with prejudiced, discriminatory, and violent behavior and messages in their families, schools, and communities. Such behavior and messages negatively affect the health, mental health and education of lesbian, gay, and bisexual young people. These students are more likely than heterosexual students to report missing school due to fear, being threatened by other students, and having their property damaged at school.1 The promotion of "reparative therapy" and "transformational ministry" is likely to exacerbate the risk of harassment, harm, and fear. For these reasons, the experience of gay, lesbian, and bisexual teenagers is often one of isolation, fear of stigmatization, and lack of peer or familial support. Gay, lesbian, and bisexual youth have few opportunities for observing positive modeling by adults due to the general cultural bias that makes gay, lesbian, and bisexual people largely invisible. It is this isolation and lack of support that accounts in part for the higher rates of emotional distress,2 suicide attempts,3 and risky sexual behavior and substance use 4 that gay, lesbian, and bisexual students report compared to heterosexual students. Because of their legitimate fear of being harassed or hurt, gay, lesbian, or bisexual youth are less likely to ask for help. Thus, it is important that their environments be as open and accepting as possible, so these young people will feel comfortable sharing their thoughts and concerns. To be able to provide an accepting environment, school personnel need to understand the nature of sexual orientation development and be supportive of healthy development for all youth. "Coming out" refers to the process of acknowledging one's gay, lesbian, or bisexual attractions and identity to oneself and disclosing them to others. This process is different for every teenager; however, most adolescents disclose their sexual orientation to others in the following order: other gay, lesbian, and bisexual peers, close heterosexual peers, close family members, and finally, parents.5 Many people may wonder why gay, lesbian, and bisexual teenagers and adults feel the need to "come out," i.e., disclose their sexual orientation to others. This is actually the expression of a normal tendency to want to share personal information about oneself with important others, and should be treated as such by those around the gay, lesbian, or bisexual adolescent. It is healthy for teenagers to share with friends and families their latest crush or how they spent their weekend. This process, however, is often quite difficult for the gay, lesbian, or bisexual adolescent, because there is a strong (and well-founded) fear of being rejected by others.
What you’ll get from a President Giuliani.? Presidential Commitments What you’ll get from a President Giuliani. By Rudy Giuliani I am making 12 Commitments to the American People. They are intended to lift our vision from the rearview mirror to the road ahead. If I am elected president, I want to be held accountable for the progress we make as a nation. 1) I will keep America on offense in the Terrorists’ War on Us. Winning the terrorists’ war on us is the greatest responsibility of the 9/11 Generation. We need to continue taking the fight to the Islamic fundamentalist terrorists by increasing the size, strength, and support of our military — beginning with ten new Army combat brigades. 2) I will end illegal immigration, secure our borders and identify every non-citizen in our nation. We can end illegal immigration with tough but realistic laws that put security first. We need to secure the border with a physical fence and a technological fence. We need to require a tamper-proof I.D. card for all non-citizens coming into the United States and tracking their entry and exit. And we need to encourage Americanization by requiring new citizens to read, write, and speak English. 3) I will restore fiscal discipline and cut wasteful Washington spending. Over the next two presidential terms, 42 percent of the federal civilian workforce is due to retire. We should only hire back half, replacing non-essential workers with technology. I’ll ask agency heads to identify annual budget cuts of 5 to 20 percent. With entitlement costs scheduled to explode, we need fiscal discipline to avoid passing an unsupportable burden on to the next generation. 4) I will cut taxes and reform the tax code. Pro-growth policies lead to broader prosperity. The next president needs to simplify the tax code and keep taxes low — including the personal income tax, the capital-gains tax and the corporate tax. And we can eliminate double taxation and protect family businesses by giving the Death Tax the death penalty. 5) I will impose accountability on Washington. We need to restore Americans’ faith that government can work again. That’s why we’ll implement the first constant measurement of government effectiveness, known as “FedStat,” and put the results online so the public can hold agencies accountable. 6) I will lead America towards energy independence. We must decrease America’s dangerous dependence on foreign oil. We can meet this challenge through diversification of our energy portfolio, innovation, and conservation. We must increase public and private investment in nuclear power, clean coal, and alternative-energy sources across the board. America must lead the world in energy-efficient, environmentally responsible, commercially viable innovation, including wind, solar, geo-thermal, ethanol, and biofuel technologies. 7) I will give Americans more control over their health care with affordable and portable free-market solutions. We can improve the quality of health care while decreasing costs through increased competition. Solutions can include reforming the tax treatment of health care, expanding portable health-savings accounts, encouraging state-by-state innovations, and reforming the legal system. 8) I will increase adoptions, decrease abortions, and protect the quality of life for our children. We need to take advantage of the common ground in America to reduce abortions by increasing adoptions and assuring that individual choice is well informed. We need to measure our progress toward these goals. We need to reduce the high costs of adoption. And we need to protect our children against sexual predators and online pornography. 9) I will reform the legal system and appoint strict constructionist judges. America must reform its legal system. We need to eliminate nuisance lawsuits through “loser-pays” provisions. Tort reform can help us reduce costs passed on to the consumer, such as higher insurance premiums. Activist judges threaten to expand the power of the courts beyond the bounds established by the Constitution; we must reassert the proper balance. 10) I will ensure that every community in America is prepared for terrorist attacks and natural disasters. Homeland security and national security are now inseparable. We need to ensure that local first responders are trained to meet natural disasters as well as terrorist attacks. We must improve information-sharing between local, state, and federal authorities. And we need to repair vulnerable infrastructure to minimize the impact of terrorist attacks and natural disasters. 11) I will provide access to a quality education to every child in America by giving real school choice to parents. Education reform is a civil-rights struggle and the key to improving America’s competitiveness in the global economy. We need to empower parents and children by expanding school choice. We need to promote math and science, while ending the digital divide. 12) I will expand America's involvement in the global economy and strengthen our reputation around the world. We need to strengthen our country by engaging aggressively the global economy. The mission of the State Department needs to be focused on acting first and foremost as an advocate for America. Fostering trade and educational and cultural exchange will promote the expansion of freedom. These 12 Commitments offer an action plan to focus America on the future. Over the course of this campaign, I’m going to present each policy in greater detail. And when we get to Washington, we’re going to put these ideas into action. Guided by these 12 Commitments, we will hand our nation over to the next generation far better than it was handed to us.
Powered by Yahoo! Answers